Bṛhat Saṃhitā

जयति जगतः प्रसूतिर्विश्वात्मा सहजभूषणं नभसः । द्रुतकनकसदृशदशशतमयूखमालार्चितः सविता

jayati jagataḥ prasūtirviśvātmā sahajabhūṣaṇaṃ nabhasaḥ | drutakanakasadṛśadaśaśatamayūkhamālārcitaḥ savitā

Victorious is Savitṛ ⟨the Sun⟩ — the begetter of the world, the Self of all, the inborn ornament of the sky, honoured with a garland of ten hundred rays that resemble molten gold.

प्रथममुनिकथितमवितथमवलोक्य ग्रन्थविस्तरस्यार्थम् । नातिलघुविपुलरचनाभिरुद्यतः स्पष्टमभिधातुम्

prathamamunikathitamavitathamavalokya granthavistarasyārtham | nātilaghuvipularacanābhirudyataḥ spaṣṭamabhidhātum

Having looked into the unerring meaning of the vast body of treatises declared by the earliest sages, I have set out to state it plainly, in composition neither too brief nor too diffuse.

मुनिविरचितमिदमिति यच्चिरन्तनं साधु न मनुजग्रथितम् । तुल्येऽर्थेऽक्षरभेदादमन्त्रके का विशेषोक्तिः

muniviracitamidamiti yaccirantanaṃ sādhu na manujagrathitam | tulye'rthe'kṣarabhedādamantrake kā viśeṣoktiḥ

'This is composed by a sage, and so is ancient and sound; that is strung together by a man ⟨and is not⟩' — where the sense is the same, what special claim rests on a difference of syllables, in what is not mantra?

क्षितितनयदिवसवारो न शुभकृदिति यदि पितामहप्रोक्ते । कुजदिनमनिष्टमिति वा कोऽत्र विशेषो नृदिव्यकृतेः

kṣititanayadivasavāro na śubhakṛditi yadi pitāmahaprokte | kujadinamaniṣṭamiti vā ko'tra viśeṣo nṛdivyakṛteḥ

If in what Pitāmaha spoke ⟨it stands⟩ 'the weekday of the Earth's son ⟨Mars⟩ is not auspicious', or ⟨if a man says⟩ 'Kuja's day ⟨Tuesday⟩ is unfavourable' — what difference is there here between the work of a man and the work of a god?

आब्रह्मादिविनिःसृतमालोक्य ग्रन्थविस्तरं क्रमशः । क्रियमाणकमेवैतत् समासतोऽतो ममोत्साहः

ābrahmādiviniḥsṛtamālokya granthavistaraṃ kramaśaḥ | kriyamāṇakamevaitat samāsato'to mamotsāhaḥ

Having surveyed in order the mass of treatises that has issued forth from Brahmā onwards, ⟨I see that⟩ this ⟨work of mine⟩ is merely being made in summary; hence my zeal ⟨for it⟩.

आसीत् तमः किलेदं तत्रापां तैजसेऽभवद्धैमे । स्वर्भूशकले ब्रह्मा विश्वकृदण्डेऽर्कशशिनयनः

āsīt tamaḥ kiledaṃ tatrāpāṃ taijase'bhavaddhaime | svarbhūśakale brahmā viśvakṛdaṇḍe'rkaśaśinayanaḥ

This ⟨all⟩ was darkness, they say. Therein, within the waters, in a fiery golden ⟨egg⟩ — the egg whose two halves ⟨became⟩ heaven and earth — there arose Brahmā, maker of the universe, whose eyes are the Sun and the Moon.

कपिलः प्रधानमाह द्रव्यादीन् कणभुगस्य विश्वस्य । कालं कारणमेके स्वभावमपरे जगुः कर्म

kapilaḥ pradhānamāha dravyādīn kaṇabhugasya viśvasya | kālaṃ kāraṇameke svabhāvamapare jaguḥ karma

Kapila says pradhāna ⟨primordial matter is the cause⟩; Kaṇabhuj ⟨Kaṇāda, 'the grain-eater'⟩ says substance and the rest ⟨are the cause⟩ of this universe. Some proclaimed Time the cause, others innate nature, ⟨and others⟩ karma.

तदलमतिविस्तरेण प्रसङ्गवादार्थनिर्णयोऽतिमहान् । ज्योतिःशास्त्राङ्गानां वक्तव्यो निर्णयोऽत्र मया

tadalamativistareṇa prasaṅgavādārthanirṇayo'timahān | jyotiḥśāstrāṅgānāṃ vaktavyo nirṇayo'tra mayā

Enough, then, of much elaboration: settling the sense of these incidental disputations is a very great ⟨task⟩. What must be stated here by me is the determination of the limbs ⟨aṅgas⟩ of jyotiḥśāstra.

ज्योतिःशास्त्रमनेकभेदविषयं स्कन्धत्रयाधिष्ठितं तत्कार्त्स्न्योपनयस्य नाम मुनिभिः सङ्कीर्त्यते संहिता । स्कन्धेऽस्मिन् गणितेन या ग्रहगतिस्तन्त्राभिधानस्त्वसौ होरान्योऽङ्गविनिश्चयश्च कथितः स्कन्धस्तृतीयोऽपरः

jyotiḥśāstramanekabhedaviṣayaṃ skandhatrayādhiṣṭhitaṃ tatkārtsnyopanayasya nāma munibhiḥ saṅkīrtyate saṃhitā | skandhe'smin gaṇitena yā grahagatistantrābhidhānastvasau horānyo'ṅgaviniścayaśca kathitaḥ skandhastṛtīyo'paraḥ

Jyotiḥśāstra, whose subject has many divisions, is established upon three skandhas ⟨branches⟩; the complete taking-up of the whole of it is what the sages proclaim by the name Saṃhitā. Within this ⟨śāstra⟩, the motion of the grahas ⟨worked out⟩ by computation — that skandha is named Tantra; horā is another; and the determination of the aṅgas is declared the third, the remaining skandha.

वक्रानुवक्रास्तमयोदयाद्यास्ताराग्रहाणां करणे मयोक्ताः । होरागतं विस्तरशश्च जन्मयात्राविवाहैः सह पूर्वमुक्तम्

vakrānuvakrāstamayodayādyāstārāgrahāṇāṃ karaṇe mayoktāḥ | horāgataṃ vistaraśaśca janmayātrāvivāhaiḥ saha pūrvamuktam

The retrogression, re-retrogression, setting, rising and the rest, of the tārā-grahas ⟨the star-planets⟩, have been stated by me in the Karaṇa; and what belongs to horā has been told before at length, together with ⟨the works on⟩ nativity, yātrā ⟨the march⟩ and marriage.

प्रश्नप्रतिप्रश्नकथाप्रसङ्गान् स्वल्पोपयोगान् ग्रहसम्भवाम्श्च । सन्त्यज्य फल्गूनि च सारभूतं भूतार्थमर्थैः सकलैः प्रवक्ष्ये

praśnapratipraśnakathāprasaṅgān svalpopayogān grahasambhavāmśca | santyajya phalgūni ca sārabhūtaṃ bhūtārthamarthaiḥ sakalaiḥ pravakṣye

Setting aside the digressions of question-and-counter-question talk — of very little use, and born of mere cavilling — and setting aside what is trifling, I shall declare, with all its meanings, the essential, the real matter.

न प्रतिबद्धं गमयति वक्ति न च प्रश्नमेकमपि पृष्टः । निगदति न च शिष्येभ्यः स कथं शास्त्रार्थविज्ज्ञेयः

na pratibaddhaṃ gamayati vakti na ca praśnamekamapi pṛṣṭaḥ | nigadati na ca śiṣyebhyaḥ sa kathaṃ śāstrārthavijjñeyaḥ

He does not carry a knotty point through ⟨to its resolution⟩; asked, he does not answer even a single question; nor does he expound ⟨the śāstra⟩ to pupils — how is such a man to be known as one who knows the meaning of the śāstra?

ग्रन्थोऽन्यथान्यथार्थं करणं यश्चान्यथा करोत्यबुधः । स पितामहमुपगम्य स्तौति नरो वैशिकेनार्याम्

grantho'nyathānyathārthaṃ karaṇaṃ yaścānyathā karotyabudhaḥ | sa pitāmahamupagamya stauti naro vaiśikenāryām

The text ⟨read⟩ one way, its meaning another way, and the computation which the unlearned man performs in yet another way — such a man is like one who, having come before his grandfather, praises a venerable lady in the idiom of the courtesans' manual.

तन्त्रे सुपरिज्ञाते लग्ने छायाम्बुयन्त्रसंविदिते । होरार्थे च सुरूढे नादेष्टुर्भारती वन्ध्या

tantre suparijñāte lagne chāyāmbuyantrasaṃvidite | horārthe ca surūḍhe nādeṣṭurbhāratī vandhyā

When the tantra ⟨the astronomical system⟩ has been thoroughly mastered, when the lagna has been ascertained by the shadow-instrument and the water-instrument, and when the sense of horā ⟨the natal branch⟩ is firmly grounded — then the speech of the one who declares ⟨the prediction⟩ is not barren.

अप्यर्णवस्य पुरुषः प्रतरन् कदा चिद् आसादयेदनिलवेगवशेन पारम् । न त्वस्य कालपुरुषाख्यमहार्णवस्य गच्छेत् कदा चिदनृषिर्मनसापि पारम्

apyarṇavasya puruṣaḥ prataran kadā cid āsādayedanilavegavaśena pāram | na tvasya kālapuruṣākhyamahārṇavasya gacchet kadā cidanṛṣirmanasāpi pāram

A man swimming across even the ocean might now and then reach the farther shore by the force of the wind; but of this great ocean called the Kāla-puruṣa ⟨Time embodied as a Person⟩ one who is not a ṛṣi could never reach the farther shore, not even in thought.

जगति प्रसारितमिवालिखितमिव मतौ निषिक्तमिव हृदये । शास्त्रं यस्य सभगणं नादेशा निष्फलास् तस्य

jagati prasāritamivālikhitamiva matau niṣiktamiva hṛdaye | śāstraṃ yasya sabhagaṇaṃ nādeśā niṣphalās tasya

He for whom the śāstra, together with the whole circle of asterisms (bhagaṇa), is as though spread out ⟨before him⟩ in the world, as though drawn in his mind, as though poured into his heart — his predictions are not fruitless.

कृत्स्नाङ्गोपाङ्गकुशलं होरागणितनैष्ठिकम् । यो न पूजयते राजा स नाशमुपगच्छति

kṛtsnāṅgopāṅgakuśalaṃ horāgaṇitanaiṣṭhikam | yo na pūjayate rājā sa nāśamupagacchati

The king who does not honour ⟨the astrologer⟩ skilled in all the aṅgas and upāṅgas ⟨the limbs and sub-limbs of the science⟩ and perfected in horā and gaṇita ⟨computation⟩ — that king goes to ruin.

वनं समाश्रिता येऽपि निर्ममा निष्परिग्रहाः । अपि ते परिपृच्छन्ति ज्योतिषां गतिकोविदम्

vanaṃ samāśritā ye'pi nirmamā niṣparigrahāḥ | api te paripṛcchanti jyotiṣāṃ gatikovidam

Even those who have withdrawn to the forest, free of the sense of mine and holding no possessions — even they put their questions to one skilled in the courses of the heavenly lights.

अप्रदीपा यथा रात्रिरनादित्यं यथा नभः । तथासांवत्सरो राजा भ्रमत्यन्ध इवाध्वनि

apradīpā yathā rātriranādityaṃ yathā nabhaḥ | tathāsāṃvatsaro rājā bhramatyandha ivādhvani

As a night without a lamp, as the sky without the sun, so a king without a sāṃvatsara ⟨court astrologer⟩ wanders like a blind man on the road.

मुहूर्त तिथिनक्षत्रं ऋतवश्चायने तथा । सर्वाण्येवाकुलानि स्युर्न स्यात् सांवत्सरो यदि

muhūrta tithinakṣatraṃ ṛtavaścāyane tathā | sarvāṇyevākulāni syurna syāt sāṃvatsaro yadi

Muhūrta, tithi and nakṣatra, the seasons, and likewise the two ayanas — all of these would fall into confusion, were there no sāṃvatsara.

तस्माद्राज्ञाधिगन्तव्यो विद्वान् सांवत्सरोऽग्रणीः । जयं यशः श्रियं भोगान् श्रेयश्च समभीप्सता

tasmādrājñādhigantavyo vidvān sāṃvatsaro'graṇīḥ | jayaṃ yaśaḥ śriyaṃ bhogān śreyaśca samabhīpsatā

Therefore a king who desires alike victory, fame, fortune, enjoyments and welfare must secure a learned sāṃvatsara of the foremost rank.

नासांवत्सरिके देशे वस्तव्यं भूतिमिच्छता । चक्षुर्भूतो हि यत्रैष पापं तत्र न विद्यते

nāsāṃvatsarike deśe vastavyaṃ bhūtimicchatā | cakṣurbhūto hi yatraiṣa pāpaṃ tatra na vidyate

One who desires prosperity should not dwell in a land that has no sāṃvatsara; for where he stands as ⟨its⟩ eye, there no evil is found.

न सांवत्सरपाठी च नरकेषूपपद्यते । ब्रह्मलोकप्रतिष्ठां च लभते दैवचिन्तकः

na sāṃvatsarapāṭhī ca narakeṣūpapadyate | brahmalokapratiṣṭhāṃ ca labhate daivacintakaḥ

And one who recites the ⟨lore of the⟩ sāṃvatsara is not born among the hells; the contemplator of destiny (daiva-cintaka) attains a standing in the Brahmaloka.

ग्रन्थतश्चार्थतश्चैतत् कृत्स्नं जानाति यो द्विजः । अग्रभुक्स भवेत्श्राद्धे पूजितः पङ्क्तिपावनः

granthataścārthataścaitat kṛtsnaṃ jānāti yo dvijaḥ | agrabhuksa bhavetśrāddhe pūjitaḥ paṅktipāvanaḥ

The twice-born who knows this whole ⟨science⟩ both in the letter and in the meaning becomes the first to eat at a śrāddha, honoured there, a purifier of the row ⟨of diners⟩.

म्लेच्छा हि यवनास्तेषु सम्यक्शास्त्रमिदं स्थितम् । ऋषिवत् तेऽपि पूज्यन्ते किं पुनर्दैवविद्द्विजः

mlecchā hi yavanāsteṣu samyakśāstramidaṃ sthitam | ṛṣivat te'pi pūjyante kiṃ punardaivaviddvijaḥ

The Yavanas are indeed mlecchas, ⟨yet⟩ among them this science stands well established; they too are honoured like ṛṣis — how much more a twice-born who knows destiny.

कुहकावेशपिहितैः कर्णोपश्रुतिहेतुभिः । कृतादेशो न सर्वत्र प्रष्टव्यो न स दैववित्

kuhakāveśapihitaiḥ karṇopaśrutihetubhiḥ | kṛtādeśo na sarvatra praṣṭavyo na sa daivavit

One whose predictions are made under cover of trickery and ⟨feigned⟩ possession, and rest on what is whispered into the ear, is nowhere to be consulted: he is no knower of destiny.

अविदित्वैव यत् शास्त्रं दैवज्ञत्वं प्रपद्यते । स पङ्क्तिदूषकः पापो ज्ञेयो नक्षत्रसूचकः

aviditvaiva yat śāstraṃ daivajñatvaṃ prapadyate | sa paṅktidūṣakaḥ pāpo jñeyo nakṣatrasūcakaḥ

He who takes upon himself the standing of a daivajña without having learned the śāstra at all — he is to be known as a defiler of the row ⟨at which men eat⟩, a sinner, a mere pointer-out of the asterisms.

नगरद्वारलोष्टस्य यद्वत् स्यादुपयाचितम् । आदेशस्तद्वदज्ञानां यः सत्यः स विभाव्यते

nagaradvāraloṣṭasya yadvat syādupayācitam | ādeśastadvadajñānāṃ yaḥ satyaḥ sa vibhāvyate

As is the vow made over a clod at the city gate, so is the prediction of the ignorant: whichever of them turns out true, that one gets remarked upon.

सम्पत्त्या योजितादेशस्तद्विच्छिन्नकथाप्रियः । मत्तः शास्त्रैकदेशेन त्याज्यस्तादृग्महीक्षिता

sampattyā yojitādeśastadvicchinnakathāpriyaḥ | mattaḥ śāstraikadeśena tyājyastādṛgmahīkṣitā

He who fits his prediction to the event ⟨once it has come about⟩, who is fond of breaking the talk off there, who is drunk on one fragment of the śāstra — such a man is to be cast off by the ruler of the earth.

यस्तु सम्यग्विजानाति होरागणितसंहिताः । अभ्यर्च्यः स नरेन्द्रेण स्वीकर्तव्यो जयैषिणा

yastu samyagvijānāti horāgaṇitasaṃhitāḥ | abhyarcyaḥ sa narendreṇa svīkartavyo jayaiṣiṇā

But he who rightly understands horā, gaṇita and saṃhitā ⟨the three branches of jyotiṣa⟩ — he is to be honoured by a king desiring victory, and taken into his service.

न तत् सहस्रं करिणां वाजिनां च चतुर्गुणम् । करोति देशकालज्ञो यथैको दैवचिन्तकः

na tat sahasraṃ kariṇāṃ vājināṃ ca caturguṇam | karoti deśakālajño yathaiko daivacintakaḥ

A thousand elephants, and four times that number of horses, do not accomplish what one single contemplator of destiny who knows place and time accomplishes.

दुःस्वप्नदुर्विचिन्तितदुष्प्रेक्षितदुष्कृतानि कर्माणि । क्षिप्रं प्रयान्ति नाशं शशिनः श्रुत्वा भसंवादम्

duḥsvapnadurvicintitaduṣprekṣitaduṣkṛtāni karmāṇi | kṣipraṃ prayānti nāśaṃ śaśinaḥ śrutvā bhasaṃvādam

Evil dreams, evil thoughts, ill-omened sights and evil deeds swiftly come to destruction upon hearing ⟨from the astrologer⟩ the Moon's concord with the asterism.

न तथेच्छति भूपतेः पिता जननी वा स्वजनोऽथ वा सुहृत् । स्वयशोऽभिविवृद्धये यथा हितमाप्तः सबलस्य दैववित्

na tathecchati bhūpateḥ pitā jananī vā svajano'tha vā suhṛt | svayaśo'bhivivṛddhaye yathā hitamāptaḥ sabalasya daivavit

Neither the father of a king, nor his mother, nor his kinsman, nor his friend, so desires his good — ⟨the good⟩ that is for the increase of his own glory — as a trusted knower of destiny desires the good of the king who commands an army.

आश्लेषार्धाद्दक्षिणमुत्तरमयनं रवेर् धनिष्ठाद्यम् । नूनं कदा चिदासीद्येनोक्तं पूर्वशास्त्रेषु

āśleṣārdhāddakṣiṇamuttaramayanaṃ raver dhaniṣṭhādyam | nūnaṃ kadā cidāsīdyenoktaṃ pūrvaśāstreṣu

The Sun's southern course ⟨began⟩ from the middle of Āśleṣā, and the northern from the beginning of Dhaniṣṭhā. Surely at some time it was so, since it is stated thus in the earlier śāstras.

साम्प्रतमयनं सवितुः कर्कटकाद्यं मृगादितश्चान्यत् । उक्ताभावो विकृतिः प्रत्यक्षपरीक्षणैर्व्यक्तिः

sāmpratamayanaṃ savituḥ karkaṭakādyaṃ mṛgāditaścānyat | uktābhāvo vikṛtiḥ pratyakṣaparīkṣaṇairvyaktiḥ

At present the Sun's ⟨southern⟩ course begins from the beginning of Karkaṭaka ⟨Cancer⟩, and the other from that of Mṛga ⟨Capricorn⟩. The non-occurrence of what was stated is the deviation; ⟨its⟩ demonstration is by direct examination.

दूरस्थचिह्नवेधादुदयेऽस्तमयेऽपि वा सहस्रांशोः । छायाप्रवेशनिर्गमचिह्नैर्वा मण्डले महति

dūrasthacihnavedhādudaye'stamaye'pi vā sahasrāṃśoḥ | chāyāpraveśanirgamacihnairvā maṇḍale mahati

⟨It is verified⟩ by sighting against a distant mark at the rising, or also at the setting, of the Thousand-rayed ⟨Sun⟩; or by the marks of the shadow's entry and departure on a great circle.

अप्राप्य मकरमर्को विनिवृत्तो हन्ति सापरां याम्याम् । कर्कटकमसंप्राप्तो विनिवृत्तश्चोत्तरां सैन्द्रीम्

aprāpya makaramarko vinivṛtto hanti sāparāṃ yāmyām | karkaṭakamasaṃprāpto vinivṛttaścottarāṃ saindrīm

If the Sun turns back without reaching Makara ⟨Capricorn⟩, it destroys the southern quarter together with the western; and if it turns back without having reached Karkaṭaka ⟨Cancer⟩, the northern together with the eastern.

उत्तरमयनमतीत्य व्यावृत्तः क्षेमसस्यवृद्धिकरः । प्रकृतिस्थश्चाप्येवं विकृतगतिर्भयकृदुष्णांशुः

uttaramayanamatītya vyāvṛttaḥ kṣemasasyavṛddhikaraḥ | prakṛtisthaścāpyevaṃ vikṛtagatirbhayakṛduṣṇāṃśuḥ

Having gone through the northern course ⟨to its term⟩ and then turned back, ⟨the Sun⟩ brings security and the increase of crops; and so too when it stands in its natural ⟨course⟩. ⟨But⟩ the Hot-rayed ⟨Sun⟩ with its motion deranged causes fear.

सतमस्कं पर्व विना त्वष्टा नामार्कमण्डलं कुरुते । स निहन्ति सप्त भूपान् जनांश्च शस्त्राग्निदुर्भिक्षैः

satamaskaṃ parva vinā tvaṣṭā nāmārkamaṇḍalaṃ kurute | sa nihanti sapta bhūpān janāṃśca śastrāgnidurbhikṣaiḥ

⟨One⟩ named Tvaṣṭṛ makes the Sun's orb dark, without a parvan ⟨eclipse-juncture⟩. He destroys seven kings, and the people by weapons, fire and famine.

तामसकीलकसंज्ञा राहुसुताः केतवस्त्रयस्त्रिंशत् । वर्णस्थानाकारैस्तान् दृष्ट्वाऽर्के फलं ब्रूयात्

tāmasakīlakasaṃjñā rāhusutāḥ ketavastrayastriṃśat | varṇasthānākāraistān dṛṣṭvā'rke phalaṃ brūyāt

The ketus called Tāmasa-kīlakas, the sons of Rāhu, are thirty-three. Having observed them on the Sun by their colour, position and shape, one should declare the result.

ते चार्कमण्डलगताः पापफलाश्चन्द्रमण्डले सौम्याः । ध्वाङ्क्षकबन्धप्रहरणरूपाः पापाः शशाङ्केऽपि

te cārkamaṇḍalagatāḥ pāpaphalāścandramaṇḍale saumyāḥ | dhvāṅkṣakabandhapraharaṇarūpāḥ pāpāḥ śaśāṅke'pi

And these, when they are on the Sun's orb, are of malefic effect; on the Moon's orb, benefic. ⟨But⟩ those whose forms are a crow, a headless trunk or a weapon are malefic on the Moon also.

तेषामुदये रूपाण्यम्भः कलुषं रजोवृतं व्योम । नगतरुशिखरामर्दी सशर्करो मारुतश्चण्डः

teṣāmudaye rūpāṇyambhaḥ kaluṣaṃ rajovṛtaṃ vyoma | nagataruśikharāmardī saśarkaro mārutaścaṇḍaḥ

At their rising ⟨these are⟩ the appearances: the water turbid, the sky covered with dust, and the wind fierce, carrying grit, crushing the crests of mountains and trees.

ऋतुविपरीतास्तरवो दीप्ता मृगपक्षिणो दिशां दाहाः । निर्घातमहीकम्पादयो भवन्त्यत्र चोत्पाताः

ṛtuviparītāstaravo dīptā mṛgapakṣiṇo diśāṃ dāhāḥ | nirghātamahīkampādayo bhavantyatra cotpātāḥ

Trees ⟨behave⟩ contrary to the season; beasts and birds are inflamed ⟨crying ominously⟩; the quarters burn; and there occur here portents such as thunder-crashes ⟨from a clear sky⟩ and earthquakes.

न पृथक्फलानि तेषां शिखिकीलकराहुदर्शनानि यदि । तदुदयकारणमेषां केत्वादीनां फलं ब्रूयात्

na pṛthakphalāni teṣāṃ śikhikīlakarāhudarśanāni yadi | tadudayakāraṇameṣāṃ ketvādīnāṃ phalaṃ brūyāt

Their ⟨effects⟩ are not separate, if there are sightings of Śikhin, Kīlaka and Rāhu; one should declare the result of these — the ketus and the rest — ⟨for⟩ they are the cause of that rising.

यस्मिन् यस्मिन् देशे दर्शनमायान्ति सूर्यबिम्बस्था । तस्मिंस्तस्मिन् व्यसनं महीपतीनां परिज्ञेयम्

yasmin yasmin deśe darśanamāyānti sūryabimbasthā | tasmiṃstasmin vyasanaṃ mahīpatīnāṃ parijñeyam

In whatever region those standing on the Sun's disc come into sight, in that very region calamity is to be known for the kings.

क्षुत्प्रम्लानशरीरा मुनयोऽप्युत्सृष्टधर्मसच्चरिताः । निर्मांसबालहस्ताः कृच्छ्रेणायान्ति परदेशम्

kṣutpramlānaśarīrā munayo'pyutsṛṣṭadharmasaccaritāḥ | nirmāṃsabālahastāḥ kṛcchreṇāyānti paradeśam

Even sages, their bodies withered with hunger, having abandoned duty and good conduct, ⟨leading⟩ fleshless children by the hand, go with hardship into a foreign land.

तस्करविलुप्तवित्ताः प्रदीर्घनिःश्वासमुकुलिताक्षिपुटाः । सन्तः सन्नशरीराः शोकोद्भववाष्प रुद्धदृशः

taskaraviluptavittāḥ pradīrghaniḥśvāsamukulitākṣipuṭāḥ | santaḥ sannaśarīrāḥ śokodbhavavāṣpa ruddhadṛśaḥ

Their wealth plundered by thieves, the lids of their eyes shut with long-drawn sighs, the good ⟨people⟩, their bodies sunken, their sight blocked by tears born of grief.

क्षामा जुगुप्समानाः स्वनृपतिपरचक्रपीडिता मनुजाः । स्वनृपतिचरितं कर्म न पुरा कृतं प्रब्रुवन्त्यन्ये

kṣāmā jugupsamānāḥ svanṛpatiparacakrapīḍitā manujāḥ | svanṛpaticaritaṃ karma na purā kṛtaṃ prabruvantyanye

Emaciated, ⟨and⟩ full of loathing, men tormented by their own king and by hostile armies — others declare ⟨the cause to be⟩ their own king's conduct, not deeds done in a former ⟨life⟩.

गर्भेष्वपि निष्पन्ना वारिमुचो न प्रभूतवारिमुचः । सरितो यान्ति तनुत्वं क्व चित् क्वचिज्जायते सस्यम्

garbheṣvapi niṣpannā vārimuco na prabhūtavārimucaḥ | sarito yānti tanutvaṃ kva cit kvacijjāyate sasyam

Even the clouds brought to term in the ⟨seasons of⟩ conception do not release abundant water. Rivers grow thin; only here and there does grain come up.

दण्डे नरेन्द्रमृत्युर्व्याधिभयं स्यात् कबन्धसंस्थाने । ध्वाङ्क्षे च तस्करभयं दुर्भिक्षं कीलकेऽर्कस्थे

daṇḍe narendramṛtyurvyādhibhayaṃ syāt kabandhasaṃsthāne | dhvāṅkṣe ca taskarabhayaṃ durbhikṣaṃ kīlake'rkasthe

When ⟨the mark⟩ standing on the Sun is a staff, the death of the king; when a headless trunk, fear of disease; when a crow, fear of thieves; when a Kīlaka, famine.

राजोपकरणरूपैश्छत्रध्वजचामरादिभिर्विद्धः । राजान्यत्वकृदर्कः स्फुलिङ्गधूमादिभिर्जनहा

rājopakaraṇarūpaiśchatradhvajacāmarādibhirviddhaḥ | rājānyatvakṛdarkaḥ sphuliṅgadhūmādibhirjanahā

The Sun pierced by ⟨marks⟩ having the forms of royal appurtenances — parasol, banner, chowrie and the rest — brings about a change of king; ⟨pierced⟩ by sparks, smoke and the like, it is a slayer of the people.

एको दुर्भिक्षकरो द्व्याद्याः स्युर्नरपतेर्विनाशाय । सितरक्तपीतकृष्णैस्तैर्विद्धोऽर्कोऽनुवर्णघ्नः

eko durbhikṣakaro dvyādyāḥ syurnarapatervināśāya | sitaraktapītakṛṣṇaistairviddho'rko'nuvarṇaghnaḥ

One ⟨such mark⟩ causes famine; two or more make for the destruction of the king. The Sun pierced by them when they are white, red, yellow or black destroys ⟨the classes⟩ according to the colour.

दृश्यन्ते च यतस्ते रविबिम्बस्योत्थिता महोत्पाताः । आगच्छति लोकानां तेनैव भयं प्रदेशेन

dṛśyante ca yataste ravibimbasyotthitā mahotpātāḥ | āgacchati lokānāṃ tenaiva bhayaṃ pradeśena

And from whatever region those great portents, risen from the Sun's disc, are seen, from that very region danger comes upon the people.

ऊर्ध्वकरो दिवसकरस्ताम्रः सेनापतिं विनाशयति । पीतो नरेन्द्रपुत्रं श्वेतस्तु पुरोहितं हन्ति

ūrdhvakaro divasakarastāmraḥ senāpatiṃ vināśayati | pīto narendraputraṃ śvetastu purohitaṃ hanti

The Day-maker ⟨Sun⟩ with rays turned upward, ⟨being⟩ copper-red, destroys the commander of the army; yellow, the king's son; but white, it kills the royal chaplain.

चित्रोऽथ वापि धूम्रो रविरश्मिर्व्याकुलाम् करोत्यूर्ध्वम् । तस्करशस्त्रनिपातैर्यदि सलिलं नाशु पातयति

citro'tha vāpi dhūmro raviraśmirvyākulām karotyūrdhvam | taskaraśastranipātairyadi salilaṃ nāśu pātayati

A sun-ray that is variegated, or else smoky, ⟨standing⟩ upward, throws ⟨the earth⟩ into turmoil by the descent of thieves and weapons — if it does not quickly bring water down.

ताम्रः कपिलो वार्कः शिशिरे हरिकुङ्कुमच्छविश्च मधौ । आपाण्डुकनकवर्णो ग्रीष्मे वर्षासु शुक्लश्च

tāmraḥ kapilo vārkaḥ śiśire harikuṅkumacchaviśca madhau | āpāṇḍukanakavarṇo grīṣme varṣāsu śuklaśca

⟨Auspicious is⟩ the Sun copper-red or tawny in Śiśira ⟨the cool season⟩; of the hue of green and of saffron in Madhu ⟨spring⟩; of a pale-gold colour in Grīṣma ⟨summer⟩; and white in the rains.

शरदि कमलोदराभो हेमन्ते रुधिरसन्निभः शस्तः । प्रावृट्काले स्निग्धः सर्वर्तुनिभोऽपि शुभदायी

śaradi kamalodarābho hemante rudhirasannibhaḥ śastaḥ | prāvṛṭkāle snigdhaḥ sarvartunibho'pi śubhadāyī

In Śarad ⟨autumn⟩ ⟨the Sun⟩ of the hue of a lotus's interior, in Hemanta ⟨early winter⟩ like blood, is commended; in the rainy season, glossy; and ⟨so⟩ conforming to every season it is a giver of good.

रूक्षः श्वेतो विप्रान् रक्ताभः क्षत्रियान् विनाशयति । पीतो वैश्यान् कृष्णस्ततोऽपरान् शुभकरः स्निग्धः

rūkṣaḥ śveto viprān raktābhaḥ kṣatriyān vināśayati | pīto vaiśyān kṛṣṇastato'parān śubhakaraḥ snigdhaḥ

Lustreless ⟨and⟩ white, it destroys the brāhmaṇas; red-tinged, the kṣatriyas; yellow, the vaiśyas; black, those beyond them ⟨the śūdras⟩. Glossy, it works good.

ग्रीष्मे रक्तो भयकृद्वर्षास्वसितः करोत्यनावृष्टिम् । हेमन्ते पीतोऽर्कः करोति न चिरेण रोगभयम्

grīṣme rakto bhayakṛdvarṣāsvasitaḥ karotyanāvṛṣṭim | hemante pīto'rkaḥ karoti na cireṇa rogabhayam

Red in summer, ⟨the Sun⟩ causes fear; black in the rains, it brings drought; yellow in Hemanta, the Sun brings the fear of disease before long.

सुरचापपाटिततनुर्नृपतिविरोधप्रदः सहस्रांशुः । प्रावृट्काले सद्यः करोति विमलद्युतिर्वृष्टिम्

suracāpapāṭitatanurnṛpativirodhapradaḥ sahasrāṃśuḥ | prāvṛṭkāle sadyaḥ karoti vimaladyutirvṛṣṭim

The Thousand-rayed ⟨Sun⟩ whose body is split by the bow of the gods ⟨a rainbow⟩ gives conflict among kings; in the rainy season, of clear brilliance, it brings rain at once.

वर्षाकाले वृष्टिं करोति सद्यः शिरीषपुष्पाभः । शिखिपत्रनिभः सलिलं न करोति द्वादशाब्दानि

varṣākāle vṛṣṭiṃ karoti sadyaḥ śirīṣapuṣpābhaḥ | śikhipatranibhaḥ salilaṃ na karoti dvādaśābdāni

In the season of rains ⟨the Sun⟩ of the hue of the śirīṣa blossom brings rain at once; like a peacock's feather, it brings no water for twelve years.

श्यामेऽर्के कीटभयं भस्मनिभे भयमुशन्ति परचक्रात् । यस्यर्क्षे सच्छिद्रस्तस्य विनाशः क्षितीशस्य

śyāme'rke kīṭabhayaṃ bhasmanibhe bhayamuśanti paracakrāt | yasyarkṣe sacchidrastasya vināśaḥ kṣitīśasya

When the Sun is dark, fear from insects; when like ashes, they hold that there is fear from a hostile army. In whosever asterism ⟨the Sun appears⟩ pierced with holes, that lord of the earth ⟨meets⟩ destruction.

शशरुधिरनिभे भानौ नभस्तलस्थे भवन्ति सङ्ग्रामाः । शशिसदृशे नृपतिबधः क्षिप्रं चान्यो नृपो भवति

śaśarudhiranibhe bhānau nabhastalasthe bhavanti saṅgrāmāḥ | śaśisadṛśe nṛpatibadhaḥ kṣipraṃ cānyo nṛpo bhavati

When the Sun standing in mid-sky is like a hare's blood, there are battles; when it is like the moon, ⟨there is⟩ the slaying of the king, and swiftly another king comes to be.

क्षुन्मारकृत् घटनिभः खण्डो जनहा विदीधितिर्भयदः । तोरणरूपः पुरहा छत्रनिभो देशनाशाय

kṣunmārakṛt ghaṭanibhaḥ khaṇḍo janahā vidīdhitirbhayadaḥ | toraṇarūpaḥ purahā chatranibho deśanāśāya

Resembling a pot, ⟨the Sun⟩ causes famine and death; broken, he destroys the people; bereft of rays, he gives terror; in the form of a toraṇa ⟨an arched gateway⟩, he destroys the city; resembling a parasol, he makes for the ruin of the country.

ध्वजचापनिभे युद्धानि भास्करे वेपने च रूक्षे च । कृष्णा रेखा सवितरि यदि हन्ति ततो नृपं सचिवः

dhvajacāpanibhe yuddhāni bhāskare vepane ca rūkṣe ca | kṛṣṇā rekhā savitari yadi hanti tato nṛpaṃ sacivaḥ

When the Sun resembles a banner or a bow, there are wars — and ⟨so too⟩ when he quivers, and when he is rough. If a black streak ⟨lies⟩ upon the Sun, then the minister slays the king.

दिनकरम् उदयास्तसंस्थितम् उल्काशनिविद्युतो यदा हन्युः । नरपतिमरणं विन्द्यात् तदान्यराजप्रतिष्ठा च

dinakaram udayāstasaṃsthitam ulkāśanividyuto yadā hanyuḥ | narapatimaraṇaṃ vindyāt tadānyarājapratiṣṭhā ca

When meteors, thunderbolts and lightning strike the Sun as he stands at rising or at setting, one should ascertain the death of the king, and thereafter the installation of another king.

प्रतिदिवसमहिमकिरणः परिवेषी सन्ध्ययोर्द्वयोरथ वा । रक्तोऽस्तमेति रक्तोदितश्च भूपं करोत्यन्यम्

pratidivasamahimakiraṇaḥ pariveṣī sandhyayordvayoratha vā | rakto'stameti raktoditaśca bhūpaṃ karotyanyam

If day after day the Sun wears a halo ⟨pariveṣa⟩ at both the twilights, or if he sets red and rises red, he makes another king.

प्रहरणसदृशैर्जलदैः स्थगितः सन्ध्याद्वयेऽपि रणकारी । मृगमहिषविहगखरकरभसदृशरूपैश्च भयदायी

praharaṇasadṛśairjaladaiḥ sthagitaḥ sandhyādvaye'pi raṇakārī | mṛgamahiṣavihagakharakarabhasadṛśarūpaiśca bhayadāyī

Veiled at both twilights alike by clouds shaped like weapons, ⟨the Sun⟩ causes war; and by ⟨clouds⟩ whose shapes resemble deer, buffalo, birds, asses and camels, he brings terror.

दिनकरकराभितापादृक्षमवाप्नोति सुमहतीं पीडाम् । भवति तु पश्चात्शुद्धं कनकमिव हुताशपरितापात्

dinakarakarābhitāpādṛkṣamavāpnoti sumahatīṃ pīḍām | bhavati tu paścātśuddhaṃ kanakamiva hutāśaparitāpāt

From the scorching of the Sun's rays an asterism ⟨ṛkṣa⟩ undergoes exceedingly great affliction; but afterwards it becomes pure, as gold does from the burning of fire.

दिवसकृतः प्रतिसूर्यो जलकृदुदग्दक्षिणे स्थितोऽनिलकृत् । उभयस्थः सलिलभयं नृपमुपरि निहन्त्यधो जनहा

divasakṛtaḥ pratisūryo jalakṛdudagdakṣiṇe sthito'nilakṛt | ubhayasthaḥ salilabhayaṃ nṛpamupari nihantyadho janahā

A mock sun ⟨pratisūrya⟩ of the Sun ⟨standing⟩ to the north makes rain; standing to the south, it makes wind; standing on both ⟨sides⟩, danger from water. Above ⟨the Sun⟩ it slays the king; below, it destroys the people.

रुधिरनिभो वियत्यवनिपान्तकरो न चिरात् परुषरजोऽरुणीकृततनुर्यदि वा दिनकृत् । असितविचित्रनीलपरुषो जनघातकरः खगमृगभैरवस्वररुतैश्च निशाद्युमुखे

rudhiranibho viyatyavanipāntakaro na cirāt paruṣarajo'ruṇīkṛtatanuryadi vā dinakṛt | asitavicitranīlaparuṣo janaghātakaraḥ khagamṛgabhairavasvararutaiśca niśādyumukhe

Blood-coloured in the sky, the Sun makes an end of the king before long — or ⟨likewise⟩ if his body has been reddened by harsh dust. Black, mottled, blue or rough, he is a slayer of the people; and ⟨so he is⟩ with the terrible-voiced cries of birds and beasts at the onset of night and of day.

अमलवपुरवक्रमण्डलः स्फुटविपुलामलदीर्घदीधितिः । अविकृततनुवर्णचिह्नभृज्जगति करोति शिवं दिवाकरः

amalavapuravakramaṇḍalaḥ sphuṭavipulāmaladīrghadīdhitiḥ | avikṛtatanuvarṇacihnabhṛjjagati karoti śivaṃ divākaraḥ

Spotless of body, with an unbent disc, his rays clear, ample, spotless and long, bearing body, colour and marks unaltered, the Sun works welfare in the world.

नित्यमधःस्थस्येन्दोर्भाभिर्भानोः सितं भवत्यर्धम् । स्वच्छाययान्यदसितं कुम्भस्येवातपस्थस्य

nityamadhaḥsthasyendorbhābhirbhānoḥ sitaṃ bhavatyardham | svacchāyayānyadasitaṃ kumbhasyevātapasthasya

Of the Moon, which stands always below ⟨the Sun⟩, one half becomes white by the rays of the Sun; the other ⟨half⟩ is dark by its own shadow — as ⟨happens⟩ with a pot standing in the sunlight.

सलिलमये शशिनि रवेर्दीधितयो मूर्छितास्तमो नैशम् । क्षपयन्ति दर्पणोदरनिहिता इव मन्दिरस्यान्तः

salilamaye śaśini raverdīdhitayo mūrchitāstamo naiśam | kṣapayanti darpaṇodaranihitā iva mandirasyāntaḥ

In the watery Moon the rays of the Sun, grown strong ⟨there⟩, destroy the darkness of night — like ⟨rays⟩ lodged in the hollow of a mirror ⟨destroying the darkness⟩ within a house.

त्यजतोऽर्कतलं शशिनः पश्चादवलम्बते यथा शौक्ल्यम् । दिनकरवशात् तथेन्दोः प्रकाशतेऽधः प्रभृत्युदयः

tyajato'rkatalaṃ śaśinaḥ paścādavalambate yathā śauklyam | dinakaravaśāt tathendoḥ prakāśate'dhaḥ prabhṛtyudayaḥ

As the whiteness clings behind the Moon when it quits the Sun's level, so, by force of the day-maker ⟨the Sun⟩, the Moon's lighting-up shows itself beginning from below.

प्रतिदिवसमेवमर्कात् स्थानविशेषेण शौक्ल्यपरिवृद्धिः । भवति शशिनोऽपराह्णे पश्चाद्भागे घटस्येव

pratidivasamevamarkāt sthānaviśeṣeṇa śauklyaparivṛddhiḥ | bhavati śaśino'parāhṇe paścādbhāge ghaṭasyeva

Thus day by day, according to its particular position with respect to the Sun, the increase of the Moon's whiteness comes about — as on the hinder part of a pot in the afternoon.

ऐन्द्रस्य शीतकिरणो मूलाषाढाद्वयस्य चायातः । याम्येन वीज जलचरकाननहा वह्निभयदश्च

aindrasya śītakiraṇo mūlāṣāḍhādvayasya cāyātaḥ | yāmyena vīja jalacarakānanahā vahnibhayadaśca

The cool-rayed one ⟨the Moon⟩, come by the southern side of Aindra ⟨Jyeṣṭhā⟩ and of Mūla and the two Āṣāḍhās, destroys seed, water-creatures and forests, and gives fear of fire.

दक्षिणपार्श्वेन गतः शशी विशाखानुराधयोः पापः । मध्येन तु प्रशस्तः पितृदेवविशाखयोश्चापि

dakṣiṇapārśvena gataḥ śaśī viśākhānurādhayoḥ pāpaḥ | madhyena tu praśastaḥ pitṛdevaviśākhayoścāpi

The Moon gone by the southern side of Viśākhā and Anurādhā is malefic; but ⟨going⟩ through the middle it is commended — and so too in the case of Pitṛdeva ⟨Maghā⟩ and Viśākhā.

षड् अनागतानि पौष्णाद्द्वादश रौद्राच्च मध्ययोगीनि । ज्येष्ठाद्यानि नवर्क्षाण्युडुपतिनातीत्य युज्यन्ते

ṣaḍ anāgatāni pauṣṇāddvādaśa raudrācca madhyayogīni | jyeṣṭhādyāni navarkṣāṇyuḍupatinātītya yujyante

Six ⟨asterisms⟩ from Pauṣṇa ⟨Revatī⟩ are joined without being reached; twelve from Raudra ⟨Ārdrā⟩ are joined through the middle; and the nine asterisms beginning with Jyeṣṭhā are joined by the lord of the asterisms ⟨the Moon⟩ only after he has passed them.

उन्नतमीषच्छृङ्गं नौसंस्थाने विशालता चोक्ता । नाविकपीडा तस्मिन् भवति शिवं सर्वलोकस्य

unnatamīṣacchṛṅgaṃ nausaṃsthāne viśālatā coktā | nāvikapīḍā tasmin bhavati śivaṃ sarvalokasya

⟨When⟩ the horn is slightly raised, and breadth is declared ⟨as well⟩ — that is the boat-position ⟨nau-saṃsthāna⟩. In it there is affliction to boatmen, but well-being for all the world.

अर्द्धोन्नते च लाङ्गलमिति पीडा तदुपजीविनां तस्मिन् । प्रीतिश्च निर्निमित्तं मनुजपतीनां सुभिक्षं च

arddhonnate ca lāṅgalamiti pīḍā tadupajīvināṃ tasmin | prītiśca nirnimittaṃ manujapatīnāṃ subhikṣaṃ ca

And when ⟨a horn is⟩ half-raised it is the plough ⟨lāṅgala⟩; in that there is affliction to those who live by it, and causeless amity among the lords of men, and abundance of food.

दक्षिणविषाणमर्धोन्नतं यदा दुष्टलाङ्गलाख्यं तत् । पाण्ड्यनरेश्वरनिधनकृदुद्योगकरं बलानां च

dakṣiṇaviṣāṇamardhonnataṃ yadā duṣṭalāṅgalākhyaṃ tat | pāṇḍyanareśvaranidhanakṛdudyogakaraṃ balānāṃ ca

When the right ⟨southern⟩ horn is half-raised, that is named the evil plough ⟨duṣṭa-lāṅgala⟩; it brings about the death of the Pāṇḍya king, and sets armies to work.

समशशिनि सुभिक्षक्षेमवृष्टयः प्रथमदिवससदृशाः स्युः । दण्डवदुदिते पीडा गवां नृपश्चोग्रदण्डोऽत्र

samaśaśini subhikṣakṣemavṛṣṭayaḥ prathamadivasasadṛśāḥ syuḥ | daṇḍavadudite pīḍā gavāṃ nṛpaścogradaṇḍo'tra

When the Moon is even, plenty, security and rains will be as on the first day. When it rises like a staff ⟨daṇḍa⟩ there is affliction to cattle, and here the king ⟨becomes⟩ fierce in punishment.

कार्मुकरूपे युद्धानि यत्र तु ज्या ततो जयस्तेषाम् । स्थानं युगमिति याम्योत्तरायतं भूमिकम्पाय

kārmukarūpe yuddhāni yatra tu jyā tato jayasteṣām | sthānaṃ yugamiti yāmyottarāyataṃ bhūmikampāya

In the bow-shape there are wars; and from whichever side the bowstring ⟨faces⟩, from that side comes their victory. The position ⟨called⟩ the yoke ⟨yuga⟩, stretched south-and-north, portends earthquake.

युगमेव याम्यकोट्यां किं चित् तुङ्गं स पार्श्वशायीति विनिहन्ति सार्थवाहान् वृष्टेश्च विनिग्रहं कुर्यात्

yugameva yāmyakoṭyāṃ kiṃ cit tuṅgaṃ sa pārśvaśāyīti vinihanti sārthavāhān vṛṣṭeśca vinigrahaṃ kuryāt

That very yoke, if somewhat raised at the southern tip, is the side-lier ⟨pārśvaśāyin⟩; it destroys caravan-leaders, and would bring about a withholding of rain.

अभ्युच्छ्रायादेकं यदि शशिनोऽवाङ्मुखं भवेत्छृङ्गम् । आवर्जितमित्यसुभिक्षकारि तद्गोधनस्यापि

abhyucchrāyādekaṃ yadi śaśino'vāṅmukhaṃ bhavetchṛṅgam | āvarjitamityasubhikṣakāri tadgodhanasyāpi

If one horn of the Moon should turn downward from ⟨its⟩ elevation, that is ⟨called⟩ bent-down ⟨āvarjita⟩; it makes for famine, and for ⟨harm to⟩ cattle-wealth as well.

अव्युच्छिन्ना रेखा समन्ततो मण्डला च कुण्डाख्यम् । अस्मिन् माण्डलिकानां स्थानत्यागो नरपतीनाम्

avyucchinnā rekhā samantato maṇḍalā ca kuṇḍākhyam | asmin māṇḍalikānāṃ sthānatyāgo narapatīnām

An unbroken line, circular all round — that is named the bowl ⟨kuṇḍa⟩. In this, the māṇḍalika lords of men abandon their places.

प्रोक्तस्थानाभावादुदगुच्चः क्षेमवृद्धिवृष्टिकरः । दक्षिणतुङ्गश्चन्द्रो दुर्भिक्षभयाय निर्दिष्टः

proktasthānābhāvādudaguccaḥ kṣemavṛddhivṛṣṭikaraḥ | dakṣiṇatuṅgaścandro durbhikṣabhayāya nirdiṣṭaḥ

In the absence of the positions described, a Moon high in the north makes for security, increase and rain; a Moon high in the south is declared to portend famine and fear.

शृङ्गेणैकेनेन्दुर् विलीनमथ वाप्यवाङ्मुखं शृङ्गम् । सम्पूर्णं चाभिनवं दृष्ट्वैको जीविताद्भ्रश्येत्

śṛṅgeṇaikenendur vilīnamatha vāpyavāṅmukhaṃ śṛṅgam | sampūrṇaṃ cābhinavaṃ dṛṣṭvaiko jīvitādbhraśyet

The Moon with a single horn, or with a horn melted away, or with a horn turned downward — and ⟨the Moon seen⟩ full while it is new: having seen ⟨such a one⟩, a man falls from life.

संस्थानविधिः कथितो रूपाण्यस्माद्भवन्ति चन्द्रमसः । स्वल्पो दुर्भिक्षकरो महान् सुभिक्षावहः प्रोक्तः

saṃsthānavidhiḥ kathito rūpāṇyasmādbhavanti candramasaḥ | svalpo durbhikṣakaro mahān subhikṣāvahaḥ proktaḥ

The rule of the shapes has been told; from this point come the forms of the Moon. A very small ⟨Moon⟩ causes famine; a great one is declared to bring plenty.

मध्यतनुर्वज्राख्यः क्षुद्भयदः सम्भ्रमाय राज्ञां च । चन्द्रो मृदङ्गरूपः क्षेमसुभिक्षावहो भवति

madhyatanurvajrākhyaḥ kṣudbhayadaḥ sambhramāya rājñāṃ ca | candro mṛdaṅgarūpaḥ kṣemasubhikṣāvaho bhavati

⟨A Moon⟩ thin in the middle is called the thunderbolt ⟨vajra⟩; it gives fear of hunger, and makes for the panic of kings. A Moon shaped like a mṛdaṅga brings security and plenty.

ज्ञेयो विशालमूर्तिर्नरपतिलक्ष्मीविवृद्धये चन्द्रः । स्थूलः सुभिक्षकारी प्रियधान्यकरस्तु तनुमूर्तिः

jñeyo viśālamūrtirnarapatilakṣmīvivṛddhaye candraḥ | sthūlaḥ subhikṣakārī priyadhānyakarastu tanumūrtiḥ

A Moon of broad form is to be known as ⟨making⟩ for the increase of the king's fortune; a stout one causes plenty; but one of thin form makes grain dear.

प्रत्यन्तान् कुनृपांश्च हन्त्युडुपतिः शृङ्गे कुजेनाहते शस्त्रक्षुद्भयकृद्यमेन शशिजेनावृष्टिदुर्भिक्षकृत् । श्रेष्ठान् हन्ति नृपान् महेन्द्रगुरुणा शुक्रेण चाल्पान् नृपान् शुक्ले याप्यमिदं फलं ग्रहकृतं कृष्णे यथोक्तागमम्

pratyantān kunṛpāṃśca hantyuḍupatiḥ śṛṅge kujenāhate śastrakṣudbhayakṛdyamena śaśijenāvṛṣṭidurbhikṣakṛt | śreṣṭhān hanti nṛpān mahendraguruṇā śukreṇa cālpān nṛpān śukle yāpyamidaṃ phalaṃ grahakṛtaṃ kṛṣṇe yathoktāgamam

When ⟨the Moon's⟩ horn is struck by Kuja ⟨Mars⟩, the lord of the asterisms destroys the border lands and petty kings; by Yama ⟨Saturn⟩ it works fear of the sword and of hunger; by Śaśija ⟨Mercury⟩ it works drought and famine. By the preceptor of great Indra ⟨Jupiter⟩ it destroys the foremost kings, and by Śukra ⟨Venus⟩ lesser kings. In the bright ⟨fortnight⟩ this fruit wrought by the grahas is to be reckoned mitigated; in the dark ⟨fortnight⟩ it comes about as stated.

भिन्नः सितेन मगधान् यवनान् पुलिन्दान् नेपालभृङ्गिमरुकच्छ सुराष्ट्रमद्रान् । पाञ्चालकैकयकुलूतकपूरुषादान् हन्यादुशीनरजनान् अपि सप्त मासान्

bhinnaḥ sitena magadhān yavanān pulindān nepālabhṛṅgimarukaccha surāṣṭramadrān | pāñcālakaikayakulūtakapūruṣādān hanyāduśīnarajanān api sapta māsān

⟨The Moon⟩ split by Sita ⟨Venus⟩ would destroy, for seven months, the Magadhas, Yavanas and Pulindas, the Nepālas, Bhṛṅgis, Marukacchas, Surāṣṭras and Madras, the Pāñcālas, Kaikayas, Kulūtakas and man-eaters, and the Uśīnara folk as well.

गान्धारसौवीरकसिन्धुकीरान् धान्यानि शैलान् द्रविडाधिपांश्च । द्विजांश्च मासान् दश शीतरश्मिः सन्तापयेद्वाक्पतिना विभिन्नः

gāndhārasauvīrakasindhukīrān dhānyāni śailān draviḍādhipāṃśca | dvijāṃśca māsān daśa śītaraśmiḥ santāpayedvākpatinā vibhinnaḥ

The cool-rayed one, split by Vākpati ⟨Jupiter⟩, would torment for ten months the Gāndhāras, Sauvīrakas, Sindhus and Kīras, the grain-crops, the Śailas ⟨mountains⟩, the lords of the Draviḍas, and the twice-born.

उद्युक्तान् सह वाहनैर्नरपतींस्त्रैगर्तकान् मालवान् कौलिन्दान् गणपुङ्गवान् अथ शिबीन् आयोध्यकान् पार्थिवान् । हन्यात् कौरवमत्स्यशुक्त्यधिपतीन् राजन्यमुख्यान् अपि प्रालेयांशुरसृग्ग्रहे तनुगते षण्मासमर्यादया

udyuktān saha vāhanairnarapatīṃstraigartakān mālavān kaulindān gaṇapuṅgavān atha śibīn āyodhyakān pārthivān | hanyāt kauravamatsyaśuktyadhipatīn rājanyamukhyān api prāleyāṃśurasṛggrahe tanugate ṣaṇmāsamaryādayā

When the blood-hued graha ⟨Mars⟩ has entered its body, the frost-rayed one ⟨the Moon⟩ would destroy — within a limit of six months — the kings setting out with their mounts, the Traigartakas, Mālavas and Kaulindas, the bulls of the gaṇas, then the Śibis and the princes of Ayodhyā, and the lords of the Kurus, Matsyas and Śuktis, and the chief among the Rājanyas as well.

यौधेयान् सचिवान् सकौरवान् प्रागीशान् अथ चार्जुनायनान् । हन्यादर्कजभिन्नमण्डलः शीतांशुर्दशमासपीडया

yaudheyān sacivān sakauravān prāgīśān atha cārjunāyanān | hanyādarkajabhinnamaṇḍalaḥ śītāṃśurdaśamāsapīḍayā

The cool-rayed one, its disc split by the Sun's son ⟨Saturn⟩, would destroy the Yaudheyas, the ministers, the Kauravas, the lords of the east, and the Ārjunāyanas, with an affliction of ten months.

मगधान् मथुरां च पीडयेद्वेणायाश्च तटं शशाङ्कजः । अपरत्र कृतं युगं वदेद्यदि भित्त्वा शशिनं विनिर्गतः

magadhān mathurāṃ ca pīḍayedveṇāyāśca taṭaṃ śaśāṅkajaḥ | aparatra kṛtaṃ yugaṃ vadedyadi bhittvā śaśinaṃ vinirgataḥ

Śaśāṅkaja ⟨Mercury⟩ would afflict the Magadhas, Mathurā, and the bank of the Veṇā; if, having split the Moon, it comes out on the other side, one should declare a yoke ⟨yuga⟩ to have been formed.

क्षेमारोग्यसुभिक्षविनाशी शीतांशुः शिखिना यदि भिन्नः । कुर्यादायुधजीविविनाशं चौराणामधिकेन च पीडाम्

kṣemārogyasubhikṣavināśī śītāṃśuḥ śikhinā yadi bhinnaḥ | kuryādāyudhajīvivināśaṃ caurāṇāmadhikena ca pīḍām

If the cool-rayed one is split by Śikhin ⟨Ketu, the crested one⟩, it is a destroyer of security, health and plenty; it would work the destruction of those who live by arms, and affliction from thieves in greater measure.

उल्कया यदा शशी ग्रस्त एव हन्यते । हन्यते तदा नृपो यस्य जन्मनि स्थितः

ulkayā yadā śaśī grasta eva hanyate | hanyate tadā nṛpo yasya janmani sthitaḥ

When the Moon is as though seized and struck by a meteor, then that king is struck in whose birth ⟨asterism⟩ it stands.

भस्मनिभः परुषोऽरुणमूर्तिः शीतकरः किरणैः परिहीणः । श्यावतनुः स्फुटितः स्फुरणो वा क्षुड्डमरामयचौरभयाय

bhasmanibhaḥ paruṣo'ruṇamūrtiḥ śītakaraḥ kiraṇaiḥ parihīṇaḥ | śyāvatanuḥ sphuṭitaḥ sphuraṇo vā kṣuḍḍamarāmayacaurabhayāya

The cool-rayed one ash-like, harsh, of ruddy form, bereft of rays, dusky-bodied, cracked, or flickering — makes for fear of famine, riot, disease and thieves.

प्रालेयकुन्दकुमुदस्फटिकावदातो यत्नादिवाद्रिसुतया परिमृज्य चन्द्रः । उच्चैः कृतो निशि भविष्यति मे शिवाय यो दृश्यते स भविता जगतः शिवाय

prāleyakundakumudasphaṭikāvadāto yatnādivādrisutayā parimṛjya candraḥ | uccaiḥ kṛto niśi bhaviṣyati me śivāya yo dṛśyate sa bhavitā jagataḥ śivāya

The Moon, white as snow, jasmine, the white lily and crystal — as though the Mountain's Daughter ⟨Pārvatī⟩ had polished him with care and set him on high in the night, ⟨thinking⟩ he shall be for my weal — he who is seen ⟨so⟩ will be for the weal of the world.

शुक्ले पक्षे संप्रवृद्धे प्रवृद्धिं ब्रह्मक्षत्रं याति वृद्धिं प्रजाश्च । हीने हानिस्तुल्यता तुल्यतायां कृष्णे सर्वे तत्फलं व्यत्ययेन

śukle pakṣe saṃpravṛddhe pravṛddhiṃ brahmakṣatraṃ yāti vṛddhiṃ prajāśca | hīne hānistulyatā tulyatāyāṃ kṛṣṇe sarve tatphalaṃ vyatyayena

When in the bright fortnight ⟨the Moon⟩ is greatly increased, the brāhmaṇa and kṣatriya ⟨orders⟩ attain increase, and the subjects prosperity. When ⟨it is⟩ deficient, loss; when ⟨it is⟩ equal, parity. In the whole dark ⟨fortnight⟩ that result ⟨comes about⟩ by inversion.

यदि कुमुदमृणालहारगौरस्तिथिनियमात् क्षयमेति वर्द्धते वा । अविकृतगतिमण्डलांशुयोगी भवति नृणां विजयाय शीतरश्मिः

yadi kumudamṛṇālahāragaurastithiniyamāt kṣayameti varddhate vā | avikṛtagatimaṇḍalāṃśuyogī bhavati nṛṇāṃ vijayāya śītaraśmiḥ

If ⟨the Moon⟩, white as the kumuda lily, the lotus-fibre and a pearl necklace, wanes or waxes by the rule of the tithi, and is joined with unaltered motion, disc and rays, then the cool-rayed one is for the victory of men.

अमृतास्वादविशेषाच्च्छिन्नमपि शिरः किलासुरस्येदम् । प्राणैरपरित्यक्तं ग्रहतां यातं वदन्त्येके

amṛtāsvādaviśeṣāccchinnamapi śiraḥ kilāsurasyedam | prāṇairaparityaktaṃ grahatāṃ yātaṃ vadantyeke

Some declare that this head of the asura, though severed, was not forsaken by the life-breaths — by the special ⟨virtue⟩ of his having tasted the nectar — and so attained the status of a graha.

इन्द्वर्कमण्डलाकृतिरसितत्वात् किल न दृश्यते गगने । अन्यत्र पर्वकालाद्वरप्रदानात् कमलयोनेः

indvarkamaṇḍalākṛtirasitatvāt kila na dṛśyate gagane | anyatra parvakālādvarapradānāt kamalayoneḥ

⟨In⟩ shape ⟨he is⟩ like the disc of the Moon and of the Sun; being black he is not seen in the sky — save at the time of the parvan, by the boon granted by the lotus-born ⟨Brahmā⟩.

मुखपुच्छविभक्ताङ्गं भुजङ्गमाकारमुपदिशन्त्यन्ये । कथयन्त्यमूर्तमपरे तमोमयं सैंहिकेयाख्यम्

mukhapucchavibhaktāṅgaṃ bhujaṅgamākāramupadiśantyanye | kathayantyamūrtamapare tamomayaṃ saiṃhikeyākhyam

Others teach that his body is divided into mouth and tail and has the form of a serpent; still others say that he is formless, made of darkness, and named Saiṃhikeya ⟨the son of Siṃhikā⟩.

यदि मूर्तो भविचारी शिरोऽथ वा भवति मण्डली राहुः । भगणार्धेनान्तरितौ गृह्णाति कथं नियतचारः

yadi mūrto bhavicārī śiro'tha vā bhavati maṇḍalī rāhuḥ | bhagaṇārdhenāntaritau gṛhṇāti kathaṃ niyatacāraḥ

If Rāhu is corporeal and moves among the asterisms — whether he be a head or a disc — then, his course being fixed, how does he seize ⟨the two luminaries⟩ when they stand parted by half the zodiacal circle?

अनियतचारः खलु चेदुपलब्धिः सङ्ख्यया कथं तस्य । पुच्छाननाभिधानोऽन्तरेण कस्मान् न गृह्णाति

aniyatacāraḥ khalu cedupalabdhiḥ saṅkhyayā kathaṃ tasya | pucchānanābhidhāno'ntareṇa kasmān na gṛhṇāti

But if his course is not fixed, how is he ascertained by computation? And he who is designated ⟨as nothing but⟩ tail and mouth — why does he not seize with the part between?

अथ तु भुजगेन्द्ररूपः पुच्छेन मुखेन वा स गृह्णाति । मुखपुच्छान्तरसंस्थं स्थगयति कस्मान् न भगणार्धम्

atha tu bhujagendrarūpaḥ pucchena mukhena vā sa gṛhṇāti | mukhapucchāntarasaṃsthaṃ sthagayati kasmān na bhagaṇārdham

Or if, having the form of the lord of serpents, he seizes with his tail or with his mouth — why does he not cover that half of the zodiacal circle which stands between his mouth and his tail?

राहुद्वयं यदि स्याद्ग्रस्तेऽस्तमितेऽथ वोदिते चन्द्रे । तत्समगतिनान्येन ग्रस्तः सूर्योऽपि दृश्यते

rāhudvayaṃ yadi syādgraste'stamite'tha vodite candre | tatsamagatinānyena grastaḥ sūryo'pi dṛśyate

If there were two Rāhus, then, when the Moon is eclipsed at setting or at rising, the Sun too would be seen seized by the other, which moves with a motion equal to his.

भूच्छायां स्वग्रहणे भास्करमर्कग्रहे प्रविशतीन्दुः । प्रग्रहणमतः पश्चान् नेन्दोर्भानोश्च पूर्वार्धात्

bhūcchāyāṃ svagrahaṇe bhāskaramarkagrahe praviśatīnduḥ | pragrahaṇamataḥ paścān nendorbhānośca pūrvārdhāt

In her own eclipse the Moon enters the Earth's shadow; in the eclipse of the Sun the Moon enters ⟨upon⟩ the Sun. Hence the first contact is not on the western ⟨side⟩ in the case of the Moon, nor on the eastern half in the case of the Sun.

वृक्षस्य स्वच्छाया यथैकपार्श्वे भवति दीर्घचया । निशि निशि तद्वद्भूमेरावरणवशाद्दिनेशस्य

vṛkṣasya svacchāyā yathaikapārśve bhavati dīrghacayā | niśi niśi tadvadbhūmerāvaraṇavaśāddineśasya

As a tree's own shadow falls on one side and is long in extent, so, night after night, is the ⟨shadow⟩ of the Earth, by reason of its blocking the lord of day ⟨the Sun⟩.

सूर्यात् सप्तमराशौ यदि चोदग्दक्षिणेन नातिगतः । चन्द्रः पूर्वाभिमुखश्छायामौर्वीं तदा विशति

sūryāt saptamarāśau yadi codagdakṣiṇena nātigataḥ | candraḥ pūrvābhimukhaśchāyāmaurvīṃ tadā viśati

If the Moon, in the seventh rāśi from the Sun, has not gone too far to the north or to the south, then, facing east, it enters the shadow of the Earth.

चन्द्रोऽधःस्थः स्थगयति रविमम्बुदवत् समागतः पश्चात् । प्रतिदेशमतश्चित्रं दृष्टिवशाद्भास्करग्रहणम्

candro'dhaḥsthaḥ sthagayati ravimambudavat samāgataḥ paścāt | pratideśamataścitraṃ dṛṣṭivaśādbhāskaragrahaṇam

The Moon, standing below, covers the Sun like a cloud, having come up from behind ⟨from the west⟩. Hence the solar eclipse is various from region to region, according to the line of sight.

आवरणं महदिन्दोः कुण्ठविषाणस्ततोऽर्धसञ्च्छन्नः । स्वल्पं रवेर्यतोऽतस्तीक्ष्णविषाणो रविर्भवति

āvaraṇaṃ mahadindoḥ kuṇṭhaviṣāṇastato'rdhasañcchannaḥ | svalpaṃ raveryato'tastīkṣṇaviṣāṇo ravirbhavati

The covering of the Moon is large; hence, when half covered, ⟨she⟩ has blunt horns. That of the Sun is small; therefore the Sun ⟨when half covered⟩ has sharp horns.

एवमुपरागकारणमुक्तमिदं दिव्यदृग्भिराचार्यैः । राहुरकारणमस्मिन्न् इत्युक्तः शास्त्रसद्भावः

evamuparāgakāraṇamuktamidaṃ divyadṛgbhirācāryaiḥ | rāhurakāraṇamasminn ityuktaḥ śāstrasadbhāvaḥ

Thus has this cause of the eclipse been stated by the ācāryas of divine sight. That Rāhu is not the cause in this ⟨matter⟩ — such is declared to be the true purport of the śāstra.

योऽसौ असुरो राहुस्तस्य वरो ब्रह्मणाऽयमाज्ञप्तः । आप्यायनमुपरागे दत्तहुतांशेन ते भविता

yo'sau asuro rāhustasya varo brahmaṇā'yamājñaptaḥ | āpyāyanamuparāge dattahutāṃśena te bhavitā

To that asura who is Rāhu this boon was ordained by Brahmā: 'At the eclipse there shall be nourishment for thee from the share of what is given and what is offered ⟨in oblation⟩.'

तस्मिन् काले सान्निध्यमस्य तेनोपचर्यते राहुः । याम्योत्तरा शशिगतिर्गणितेऽप्युपचर्यते तेन

tasmin kāle sānnidhyamasya tenopacaryate rāhuḥ | yāmyottarā śaśigatirgaṇite'pyupacaryate tena

At that time there is his presence; therefore Rāhu is then attended upon. In computation too the Moon's southward and northward motion is referred to him.

न कथं चिदपि निमित्तैर्ग्रहणं विज्ञायते निमित्तानि । अन्यस्मिन्न् अपि काले भवन्त्यथोत्पातरूपाणि

na kathaṃ cidapi nimittairgrahaṇaṃ vijñāyate nimittāni | anyasminn api kāle bhavantyathotpātarūpāṇi

By no means whatever is an eclipse known from omens; for omens in the form of portents occur at other times also.

पञ्चग्रहसंयोगान् न किल ग्रहणस्य सम्भवो भवति । तैलं च जलेऽष्टम्यां न विचिन्त्यमिदं विपश्चिद्भिः

pañcagrahasaṃyogān na kila grahaṇasya sambhavo bhavati | tailaṃ ca jale'ṣṭamyāṃ na vicintyamidaṃ vipaścidbhiḥ

An eclipse does not, in truth, come about from a conjunction of the five grahas; nor ⟨is it to be foretold by⟩ oil ⟨poured⟩ on water on the eighth ⟨tithi⟩ — this is not to be entertained by the wise.

अवनत्याऽर्के ग्रासो दिग्ज्ञेया वलनयावनत्या च । तिथ्यवसानाद्वेला करणे कथितानि तानि मया

avanatyā'rke grāso digjñeyā valanayāvanatyā ca | tithyavasānādvelā karaṇe kathitāni tāni mayā

In the case of the Sun the obscuration ⟨is known⟩ from the avanati; the direction is to be known from the valana and the avanati; the time from the end of the tithi. Those ⟨matters⟩ have been told by me in the Karaṇa.

षण्मासोत्तरवृद्ध्या पर्वेशाः सप्त देवताः क्रमशः । ब्रह्मशशीन्द्रकुबेरा वरुणाग्नियमाश्च विज्ञेयाः

ṣaṇmāsottaravṛddhyā parveśāḥ sapta devatāḥ kramaśaḥ | brahmaśaśīndrakuberā varuṇāgniyamāśca vijñeyāḥ

By successive increase of six months, the lords of the parvans are seven deities in order: Brahmā, the Moon, Indra, Kubera, Varuṇa, Agni and Yama are to be known ⟨as these⟩.

ब्राह्मे द्विजपशुवृद्धिः क्षेमारोग्याणि सस्यसम्पत्च । तद्वत् सौम्ये तस्मिन् पीडा विदुषामवृष्टिश्च

brāhme dvijapaśuvṛddhiḥ kṣemārogyāṇi sasyasampatca | tadvat saumye tasmin pīḍā viduṣāmavṛṣṭiśca

In ⟨the parvan⟩ of Brahmā, increase of the twice-born and of cattle, security and health, and abundance of crops. The like in that of Soma; ⟨but⟩ in that one, affliction of the learned, and want of rain.

ऐन्द्रे भूपविरोधः शारदसस्यक्षयो न च क्षेमम् । कौबेरेऽर्थपतीनामर्थविनाशः सुभिक्षं च

aindre bhūpavirodhaḥ śāradasasyakṣayo na ca kṣemam | kaubere'rthapatīnāmarthavināśaḥ subhikṣaṃ ca

In that of Indra, hostility among kings, ruin of the autumn crops, and no security. In that of Kubera, destruction of the wealth of the lords of wealth, and abundance of food.

वारुणमवनीशाशुभमन्येषां क्षेमसस्यवृद्धिकरम् । आग्नेयं मित्राख्यं सस्यारोग्याभयाम्बुकरम्

vāruṇamavanīśāśubhamanyeṣāṃ kṣemasasyavṛddhikaram | āgneyaṃ mitrākhyaṃ sasyārogyābhayāmbukaram

That of Varuṇa is inauspicious for the lord of the earth, ⟨but⟩ brings security and increase of crops to others. That of Agni, called Mitra, brings crops, health, freedom from fear, and water.

याम्यं करोत्यवृष्टिं दुर्भिक्षं संक्षयं च सस्यानाम् । यदतः परं तदशुभं क्षुन्मारावृष्टिदं पर्व

yāmyaṃ karotyavṛṣṭiṃ durbhikṣaṃ saṃkṣayaṃ ca sasyānām | yadataḥ paraṃ tadaśubhaṃ kṣunmārāvṛṣṭidaṃ parva

That of Yama makes drought, famine, and the utter destruction of crops. Whatever ⟨parvan falls⟩ beyond this is inauspicious — a parvan that gives hunger, death and drought.

वेलाहीने पर्वणि गर्भविपत्तिश्च शस्त्रकोपश्च । अतिवेले कुसुमफलक्षयो भयं सस्यनाशश्च

velāhīne parvaṇi garbhavipattiśca śastrakopaśca | ativele kusumaphalakṣayo bhayaṃ sasyanāśaśca

When the parvan falls short of ⟨its computed⟩ time, ⟨there is⟩ miscarriage of pregnancies and outbreak of arms. When it exceeds the time, loss of flower and fruit, fear, and destruction of crops.

हीनातिरिक्तकाले फलमुक्तं पूर्वशास्त्रदृष्टत्वात् । स्फुटगणितविदः कालः कथञ् चिदपि नान्यथा भवति

hīnātiriktakāle phalamuktaṃ pūrvaśāstradṛṣṭatvāt | sphuṭagaṇitavidaḥ kālaḥ kathañ cidapi nānyathā bhavati

The effect of a time deficient or excessive has been stated ⟨only⟩ because it is found in the earlier śāstras; ⟨for⟩ the time ⟨reckoned⟩ by one who knows exact computation never in any way turns out otherwise.

यद्येकस्मिन् मासे ग्रहणं रविसोमयोस्तदा क्षितिपाः । स्वबलक्षोभैः संक्षयमायान्त्यतिशस्त्रकोपश्च

yadyekasmin māse grahaṇaṃ ravisomayostadā kṣitipāḥ | svabalakṣobhaiḥ saṃkṣayamāyāntyatiśastrakopaśca

If in one and the same month there is an eclipse of both the Sun and the Moon, then kings come to ruin through revolts of their own armies, and ⟨there is⟩ excessive outbreak of arms.

ग्रस्तावुदितास्तमितौ शारदधान्यावनीश्वरक्षयदौ । सर्वग्रस्तौ दुर्भिक्षमरकदौ पापसन्दृष्टौ

grastāvuditāstamitau śāradadhānyāvanīśvarakṣayadau | sarvagrastau durbhikṣamarakadau pāpasandṛṣṭau

The two ⟨luminaries⟩ eclipsed at rising or at setting give ruin to the autumn grain and to the lord of the earth; wholly eclipsed and aspected by malefics, they give famine and pestilence.

अर्धोदितोपरक्तो नैकृतिकान् हन्ति सर्वयज्ञांश्च । अग्न्युपजीविगुणाधिकविप्राश्रमिणो युगेऽभ्युदितः

ardhoditoparakto naikṛtikān hanti sarvayajñāṃśca | agnyupajīviguṇādhikaviprāśramiṇo yuge'bhyuditaḥ

⟨A luminary⟩ eclipsed when half risen destroys rogues and all sacrifices; risen ⟨eclipsed⟩ at the yuga, ⟨it destroys⟩ those who live by fire, men eminent in merit, brāhmaṇas and hermits.

कर्षकपाखण्डिवणिक्क्षत्रियबलनायकान् द्वितीयांशे । कारुकशूद्रम्लेच्छान् खतृतीयांशे समन्त्रिजनान्

karṣakapākhaṇḍivaṇikkṣatriyabalanāyakān dvitīyāṃśe | kārukaśūdramlecchān khatṛtīyāṃśe samantrijanān

In the second portion ⟨it destroys⟩ farmers, heretics, merchants, kṣatriyas and army-leaders; in the third portion of the sky, artisans, śūdras and mlecchas, together with ministerial folk.

मध्याह्ने नरपतिमध्यदेशहा शोभनश्च धान्यार्घः । तृणभुगमात्यान्तःपुरवैश्यघ्नः पञ्चमे खांशे

madhyāhne narapatimadhyadeśahā śobhanaśca dhānyārghaḥ | tṛṇabhugamātyāntaḥpuravaiśyaghnaḥ pañcame khāṃśe

At midday it destroys the king and the Middle Country, and the price of grain is favourable. In the fifth portion of the sky it slays grass-eaters ⟨cattle⟩, ministers, the harem, and vaiśyas.

स्त्रीशूद्रान् षष्ठेऽंशे दस्युप्रत्यन्तहास्तमयकाले । यस्मिन् खांशे मोक्षस्तत्प्रोक्तानां शिवं भवति

strīśūdrān ṣaṣṭhe'ṃśe dasyupratyantahāstamayakāle | yasmin khāṃśe mokṣastatproktānāṃ śivaṃ bhavati

In the sixth portion ⟨of the sky he kills⟩ women and śūdras; at the hour of setting he is the killer of robbers and of the frontier peoples. In whichever sky-portion (khāṃśa) the release ⟨of the eclipse⟩ falls, for those declared ⟨to belong⟩ to that ⟨portion⟩ there is well-being.

द्विजनृपतीन् उदगयने विट्शूद्रान् दक्षिणायने हन्ति । राहुरुदगादिदृष्टः प्रदक्षिणं हन्ति विप्रादीन्

dvijanṛpatīn udagayane viṭśūdrān dakṣiṇāyane hanti | rāhurudagādidṛṣṭaḥ pradakṣiṇaṃ hanti viprādīn

In the northern course (udagayana) he kills the twice-born and kings; in the southern course (dakṣiṇāyana), vaiśyas and śūdras. Rāhu, seen ⟨on the disc⟩ beginning from the north, kills the brāhmaṇas and ⟨the classes after them⟩ in clockwise order (pradakṣiṇa).

म्लेच्छान् विदिक्स्थितो यायिनश्च हन्याद्धुताशसक्तांश्च । सलिलचरदन्तिघाती याम्येनोदग्गवामशुभः

mlecchān vidiksthito yāyinaśca hanyāddhutāśasaktāṃśca | salilacaradantighātī yāmyenodaggavāmaśubhaḥ

Standing in an intermediate quarter he kills the mlecchas, and those on the march, and those given to fire. By the south he is the killer of water-creatures and of elephants; ⟨by⟩ the north he is inauspicious for cattle.

पूर्वेण सलिलपूर्णां करोति वसुधां समागतो दैत्यः । पश्चात् कर्षकसेवकबीजविनाशाय निर्दिष्टः

pūrveṇa salilapūrṇāṃ karoti vasudhāṃ samāgato daityaḥ | paścāt karṣakasevakabījavināśāya nirdiṣṭaḥ

Come by the east, the daitya ⟨Rāhu⟩ makes the earth full of water; by the west he is declared ⟨to be⟩ for the destruction of ploughmen, of servants, and of seed.

पाञ्चालकलिङ्गशूरसेनाः काम्बोजोड्रकिरातशस्त्रवार्त्ताः । जीवन्ति च ये हुताशवृत्त्या ते पीडामुपयान्ति मेषसंस्थे

pāñcālakaliṅgaśūrasenāḥ kāmbojoḍrakirātaśastravārttāḥ | jīvanti ca ye hutāśavṛttyā te pīḍāmupayānti meṣasaṃsthe

The Pāñcālas, Kaliṅgas and Śūrasenas; the Kāmbojas, Oḍras, Kirātas, and those who live by arms; and those who live by the livelihood of fire — these come to affliction when ⟨the eclipse stands⟩ in Meṣa (Aries).

गोपाः पशवोऽथ गोमिनो मनुजा ये च महत्त्वमागताः । पीडामुपयान्ति भास्करे ग्रस्ते शीतकरेऽथ वा वृषे

gopāḥ paśavo'tha gomino manujā ye ca mahattvamāgatāḥ | pīḍāmupayānti bhāskare graste śītakare'tha vā vṛṣe

Cowherds, cattle, owners of herds, and those men who have come to greatness, come to affliction when the Sun is seized — or the cool-rayed one ⟨the Moon⟩ — in Vṛṣa (Taurus).

मिथुने प्रवराङ्गना नृपा नृपमात्रा बलिनः कलाविदः । यमुनातटजाः सबाह्लिका मत्स्याः सुह्मजनैः समन्विताः

mithune pravarāṅganā nṛpā nṛpamātrā balinaḥ kalāvidaḥ | yamunātaṭajāḥ sabāhlikā matsyāḥ suhmajanaiḥ samanvitāḥ

In Mithuna (Gemini): women of the highest rank, kings, men of kingly rank, the strong, those who know the arts; those born on the banks of the Yamunā, together with the Bāhlikas, and the Matsyas, along with the Suhma folk.

आभीरान्शबरान् सपह्लवान् मल्लान् मत्स्यकुरूञ् छकान् अपि । पाञ्चालान् विकलांश्च पीडयत्यन्नं चापि निहन्ति कर्कटे

ābhīrānśabarān sapahlavān mallān matsyakurūñ chakān api | pāñcālān vikalāṃśca pīḍayatyannaṃ cāpi nihanti karkaṭe

In Karkaṭa (Cancer) he afflicts the Ābhīras, the Śabaras with the Pahlavas, the Mallas, the Matsyas and Kurus, the Śakas too, the Pāñcālas and the crippled; and he destroys food as well.

सिंहे पुलिन्दगणमेकलसत्त्वयुक्तान् राजोपमान् नरपतीन् वनगोचरांश्च । षष्ठे तु सस्यकविलेखकगेयसक्तान् हन्त्यश्मकत्रिपुरशालियुतांश्च देशान्

siṃhe pulindagaṇamekalasattvayuktān rājopamān narapatīn vanagocarāṃśca | ṣaṣṭhe tu sasyakavilekhakageyasaktān hantyaśmakatripuraśāliyutāṃśca deśān

In Siṃha (Leo) ⟨he kills⟩ the Pulinda host and the folk of Mekala, kings and men like kings, and those that range the forest; but in the sixth ⟨sign, Kanyā⟩ he kills crops, poets, scribes, those given to song, and the countries ⟨joined⟩ with Aśmaka, Tripurī, and rice.

तुलाधरेऽवन्त्यपरान्त्यसाधून् वणिग्दशार्णान् मरुकच्छपांश् च । अलिन्यथोदुम्बरमद्रचोलान् द्रुमान् सयौधेयविषायुधीयान्

tulādhare'vantyaparāntyasādhūn vaṇigdaśārṇān marukacchapāṃś ca | alinyathodumbaramadracolān drumān sayaudheyaviṣāyudhīyān

In Tulādhara (Libra) ⟨he kills⟩ the Avantis, the Aparāntas, holy men, merchants, the Daśārṇas and the Marukacchapas; and in Alin (Scorpio) the Audumbaras, Madras and Colas, trees, together with the Yaudheyas and those who bear poisoned weapons.

धन्विन्यमात्यवरवाजिविदेहमल्लान् पाञ्चालवैद्यवणिजो विषमायुधज्ञान् । हन्यान् मृगे तु झषमन्त्रिकुलानि नीचान् मन्त्रौषधीषु कुशलान् स्थविरायुधीयान्

dhanvinyamātyavaravājividehamallān pāñcālavaidyavaṇijo viṣamāyudhajñān | hanyān mṛge tu jhaṣamantrikulāni nīcān mantrauṣadhīṣu kuśalān sthavirāyudhīyān

In Dhanvin (Sagittarius) ⟨he kills⟩ ministers, fine horses, the Videhas and Mallas, the Pāñcālas, physicians and merchants, and those who know treacherous weapons; but in Mṛga (Capricorn) he kills fish, the families of ministers, base men, those skilled in spells and simples, and aged men-at-arms.

कुम्भेऽन्तर्गिरिजान् सपश्चिमजनान् भारोद्वहांस्तस्करान् आभीरान् दरदार्यसिंहपुरकान् हन्यात् तथा बर्बरान् । मीने सागरकूलसागरजलद्रव्याणि वन्यान् जनान् प्राज्ञान् वार्युपजीविनश्च भफलं कूर्मोपदेशाद्वदेत्

kumbhe'ntargirijān sapaścimajanān bhārodvahāṃstaskarān ābhīrān daradāryasiṃhapurakān hanyāt tathā barbarān | mīne sāgarakūlasāgarajaladravyāṇi vanyān janān prājñān vāryupajīvinaśca bhaphalaṃ kūrmopadeśādvadet

In Kumbha (Aquarius) he kills those born within the hills ⟨Antargiri⟩, together with the western people, burden-bearers, thieves, the Ābhīras, the Daradas, the Āryas and the people of Siṃhapura, and the Barbaras as well. In Mīna (Pisces), the sea-coasts, the waters and goods of the sea, forest men, the wise, and those who live by water. One should declare the effect of the sign from the teaching of the Kūrma ⟨-vibhāga⟩.

सव्यापसव्यलेहग्रसननिरोधावमर्दनारोहाः । आघ्रातं मध्यतमस्तमोऽन्त्य इति ते दश ग्रासाः

savyāpasavyalehagrasananirodhāvamardanārohāḥ | āghrātaṃ madhyatamastamo'ntya iti te daśa grāsāḥ

Savya, apasavya, leha, grasana, nirodha, avamardana, āroha; āghrāta, madhyatamas, and tamo'ntya — these are the ten ⟨modes of⟩ seizure.

सव्यगते तमसि जगज्जलप्लुतं भवति मुदितमभयं च । अपसव्ये नरपतितस्करावमर्दैः प्रजानाशः

savyagate tamasi jagajjalaplutaṃ bhavati muditamabhayaṃ ca | apasavye narapatitaskarāvamardaiḥ prajānāśaḥ

When the darkness has gone to the left (savya), the world becomes flooded with water, glad and free from fear. In apasavya ⟨to the right⟩ there is destruction of the people through the crushings of kings and of robbers.

जिह्वोपलेढि परितस्तिमिरनुदो मण्डलं यदि स लेहः । प्रमुदितसमस्तभूता प्रभूततोया च तत्र मही

jihvopaleḍhi paritastimiranudo maṇḍalaṃ yadi sa lehaḥ | pramuditasamastabhūtā prabhūtatoyā ca tatra mahī

If it licks with its tongue, all round, the disc of the dispeller of darkness ⟨the luminary⟩, that is leha ⟨the licking⟩. There the earth has all its creatures glad, and abundant water.

ग्रसनमिति यदा त्र्यंशः पादो वा गृह्यतेऽथ वाप्यर्धम् । स्फीतनृपवित्तहानिः पीडा च स्फीतदेशानाम्

grasanamiti yadā tryaṃśaḥ pādo vā gṛhyate'tha vāpyardham | sphītanṛpavittahāniḥ pīḍā ca sphītadeśānām

It is called grasana ⟨the swallowing⟩ when a third, or a quarter, or even a half is seized. ⟨There follows⟩ loss of the wealth of thriving kings, and affliction of thriving countries.

पर्यन्तेषु गृहीत्वा मध्ये पिण्डीकृतं तमस्तिष्ठेत् । स निरोधो विज्ञेयः प्रमोदकृत् सर्वभूतानाम्

paryanteṣu gṛhītvā madhye piṇḍīkṛtaṃ tamastiṣṭhet | sa nirodho vijñeyaḥ pramodakṛt sarvabhūtānām

If, having seized ⟨the disc⟩ at its edges, the darkness stands gathered into a lump in the middle, that is to be known as nirodha ⟨the blocking⟩; it makes all beings rejoice.

अवमर्दनमिति निःशेषमेव सञ्छाद्य यदि चिरं तिष्ठेत् । हन्यात् प्रधानभूपान् प्रधानदेशांश् च तिमिरमयः

avamardanamiti niḥśeṣameva sañchādya yadi ciraṃ tiṣṭhet | hanyāt pradhānabhūpān pradhānadeśāṃś ca timiramayaḥ

It is avamardana ⟨the crushing⟩ if the mass of darkness, having covered ⟨the disc⟩ entirely without remainder, stands long: it kills the chief kings and the chief countries.

वृत्ते ग्रहे यदि तमस्तत्क्षणमावृत्य दृश्यते भूयः । आरोहणमित्यन्योन्यमर्दनैर्भयकरं राज्ञाम्

vṛtte grahe yadi tamastatkṣaṇamāvṛtya dṛśyate bhūyaḥ | ārohaṇamityanyonyamardanairbhayakaraṃ rājñām

If, when the seizure has run its course, the darkness covers ⟨the disc⟩ at that very instant and is seen again, that is āroha ⟨the mounting⟩; it brings fear to kings through their crushing of one another.

दर्पण इवैकदेशे सबाष्पनिःश्वासमारुतोपहतः । दृश्येताघ्रातं तत् सुवृष्टिवृद्ध्यावहं जगतः

darpaṇa ivaikadeśe sabāṣpaniḥśvāsamārutopahataḥ | dṛśyetāghrātaṃ tat suvṛṣṭivṛddhyāvahaṃ jagataḥ

If ⟨the disc⟩ is seen in one part dimmed like a mirror struck by the moist wind of a breath, that is āghrāta ⟨the breathing-upon⟩; it brings good rain and increase to the world.

मध्ये तमः प्रविष्टं वितमस्कं मण्डलं च यदि परितः तन्मध्यदेशनाशं करोति कुक्ष्यामयभयं च

madhye tamaḥ praviṣṭaṃ vitamaskaṃ maṇḍalaṃ ca yadi paritaḥ tanmadhyadeśanāśaṃ karoti kukṣyāmayabhayaṃ ca

If the darkness has entered into the middle and the disc is free of darkness all round, that ⟨is madhyatamas⟩: it works the destruction of the middle country, and fear of disease of the belly.

पर्यन्तेष्वतिबहुलं स्वल्पं मध्ये तमस्तमोन्त्याख्ये । सस्यानामीतिभयं भयमस्मिंस्तस्कराणां च

paryanteṣvatibahulaṃ svalpaṃ madhye tamastamontyākhye | sasyānāmītibhayaṃ bhayamasmiṃstaskarāṇāṃ ca

When the darkness is very thick at the edges and slight in the middle, ⟨that is the mode⟩ called tamo'ntya: in this there is fear of the īti-plagues for the crops, and fear of thieves.

श्वेते क्षेमसुभिक्षं ब्राह्मणपीडां च निर्दिशेद्राहौ । अग्निभयमनलवर्णे पीडा च हुताशवृत्तीनाम्

śvete kṣemasubhikṣaṃ brāhmaṇapīḍāṃ ca nirdiśedrāhau | agnibhayamanalavarṇe pīḍā ca hutāśavṛttīnām

When Rāhu is white, one should declare security and abundance of food, and affliction of brāhmaṇas; when he is of the colour of fire, fear of fire and affliction of those who live by fire.

हरिते रोगोल्बणता सस्यानामीतिभिश्च विध्वंसः । कपिले शीघ्रगसत्त्वम्लेच्छध्वंसोऽथ दुर्भिक्षम्

harite rogolbaṇatā sasyānāmītibhiśca vidhvaṃsaḥ | kapile śīghragasattvamlecchadhvaṃso'tha durbhikṣam

If green: virulence of disease, and the destruction of crops by the īti-plagues. If tawny: the destruction of swift-moving creatures and of mlecchas, and then famine.

अरुणकिरणानुरूपे दुर्भिक्षावृष्टयो विहगपीडा । आधूम्रे क्षेमसुभिक्षमादिशेत् मन्दवृष्टिं च

aruṇakiraṇānurūpe durbhikṣāvṛṣṭayo vihagapīḍā | ādhūmre kṣemasubhikṣamādiśet mandavṛṣṭiṃ ca

When ⟨his colour⟩ answers to the rays of dawn: famine, want of rain, and affliction of birds. When smoky, one should declare security, abundance of food, and scanty rain.

कापोतारुणकपिलश्यावाभे क्षुद्भयं विनिर्देश्यम् । कापोतः शूद्राणां व्याधिकरः कृष्णवर्णश्च

kāpotāruṇakapilaśyāvābhe kṣudbhayaṃ vinirdeśyam | kāpotaḥ śūdrāṇāṃ vyādhikaraḥ kṛṣṇavarṇaśca

When his hue is that of a dove, or red, or tawny, or dark brown, fear of hunger is to be declared. Dove-coloured, and black-coloured, he brings disease upon the śūdras.

विमलकमणिपीताभो वैश्यध्वंसी भवेत् सुभिक्षाय । सार्चिष्मत्यग्निभयं गैरिकरूपे तु युद्धानि

vimalakamaṇipītābho vaiśyadhvaṃsī bhavet subhikṣāya | sārciṣmatyagnibhayaṃ gairikarūpe tu yuddhāni

Yellow with the sheen of the vimalaka gem, he will be a destroyer of vaiśyas, ⟨yet⟩ conduce to abundance of food. When flaming, fear of fire; but of the look of red ochre, wars.

दूर्वाकाण्डश्यामे हारिद्रे वापि निर्दिशेत् मरकम् । अशनिभयसंप्रदायी पाटल कुसुमोपमो राहुः

dūrvākāṇḍaśyāme hāridre vāpi nirdiśet marakam | aśanibhayasaṃpradāyī pāṭala kusumopamo rāhuḥ

When dark as a stalk of dūrvā grass, or turmeric-coloured, one should declare pestilence. Rāhu resembling the pāṭala blossom is a giver of fear from thunderbolts.

पांशुविलोहितरूपः क्षत्रध्वंसाय भवति वृष्टेश्च । बालरविकमलसुरचापरूपभृत् शस्त्रकोपाय

pāṃśuvilohitarūpaḥ kṣatradhvaṃsāya bhavati vṛṣṭeśca | bālaravikamalasuracāparūpabhṛt śastrakopāya

Of the look of dust, or deep red, he tends to the destruction of the warrior order and of the rain. Bearing the form of the young sun, of the lotus, or of the gods' bow ⟨the rainbow⟩, ⟨he tends⟩ to the outbreak of weapons.

पश्यन् ग्रस्तं सौम्यो घृतमधुतैलक्षयाय राज्ञां च । भौमः समरविमर्दं शिखिकोपं तस्करभयं च

paśyan grastaṃ saumyo ghṛtamadhutailakṣayāya rājñāṃ ca | bhaumaḥ samaravimardaṃ śikhikopaṃ taskarabhayaṃ ca

Mercury (saumya), aspecting the seized ⟨orb⟩, conduces to the loss of ghee, honey and oil, and ⟨to the ruin⟩ of kings. Mars ⟨brings⟩ the crush of battle, the outbreak of fire, and fear of thieves.

शुक्रः सस्यविमर्दं नानाक्लेशांश्च जनयति धरित्र्याम् । रविजः करोत्यवृष्टिं दुर्भिक्षं तस्करभयं च

śukraḥ sasyavimardaṃ nānākleśāṃśca janayati dharitryām | ravijaḥ karotyavṛṣṭiṃ durbhikṣaṃ taskarabhayaṃ ca

Venus ⟨aspecting the seized luminary⟩ produces the crushing of the crops and manifold afflictions upon the earth; the son of the Sun ⟨Saturn⟩ causes drought, famine, and fear from thieves.

यदशुभमवलोकनाभिरुक्तं ग्रहजनितं ग्रहणे प्रमोक्षणे वा । सुरपतिगुरुणावलोकिते तत्शममुपयाति जलैरिवाग्निरिद्धः

yadaśubhamavalokanābhiruktaṃ grahajanitaṃ grahaṇe pramokṣaṇe vā | surapatiguruṇāvalokite tatśamamupayāti jalairivāgniriddhaḥ

Whatever inauspicious ⟨result⟩, born of the grahas, has been declared by their aspects — at the seizure ⟨of the luminary⟩ or at the release — that comes to quiescence when ⟨the eclipsed body⟩ is aspected by the preceptor of the lord of the gods ⟨Jupiter⟩, as a kindled fire ⟨is quenched⟩ by water.

ग्रस्ते क्रमान् निमित्तैः पुनर्ग्रहो मासषट्कपरिवृद्ध्या । पवनोल्कापातरजः क्षितिकम्पतमोऽशनिनिपातैः

graste kramān nimittaiḥ punargraho māsaṣaṭkaparivṛddhyā | pavanolkāpātarajaḥ kṣitikampatamo'śaninipātaiḥ

When ⟨a luminary⟩ is seized, ⟨and⟩ the omens ⟨appear⟩ in order — wind, the fall of meteors, dust, earthquake, darkness, the fall of thunderbolts — ⟨there will be⟩ a further eclipse, by an increase of six months ⟨for each in turn⟩.

आवन्तिका जनपदाः कावेरीनर्मदातटाश्रयिणः । दृप्ताश्च मनुजपतयः पीड्यन्ते क्षितिसुते ग्रस्ते

āvantikā janapadāḥ kāverīnarmadātaṭāśrayiṇaḥ | dṛptāśca manujapatayaḥ pīḍyante kṣitisute graste

The Āvantika peoples, those who dwell on the banks of the Kāverī and the Narmadā, and haughty lords of men are afflicted when the son of the Earth ⟨Mars⟩ is seized.

अन्तर्वेदीं सरयूं नेपालं पूर्वसागरं शोणम् । स्त्रीनृपयोधकुमारान् सह विद्वद्भिर्बुधो हन्ति

antarvedīṃ sarayūṃ nepālaṃ pūrvasāgaraṃ śoṇam | strīnṛpayodhakumārān saha vidvadbhirbudho hanti

Mercury slays the Antarvedī, the Sarayū ⟨country⟩, Nepāla, the eastern sea ⟨coast⟩ and the Śoṇa ⟨country⟩; and women, kings, warriors and princes, together with the learned.

ग्रहणोपगते जीवे विद्वन्नृपमन्त्रिगजहयध्वंसः । सिन्धुतटवासिनामप्युदग्दिशं संश्रितानां च

grahaṇopagate jīve vidvannṛpamantrigajahayadhvaṃsaḥ | sindhutaṭavāsināmapyudagdiśaṃ saṃśritānāṃ ca

When Jupiter comes to the eclipse, there is destruction of the learned, of kings, ministers, elephants and horses; and of the dwellers on the banks of the Sindhu, and of those who resort to the northern quarter.

भृगुतनये राहुगते दाशेरक कैकयाः सयौधेयाः । आर्यावर्त्ताः शिबयः स्त्रीसचिवगणाश्च पीड्यन्ते

bhṛgutanaye rāhugate dāśeraka kaikayāḥ sayaudheyāḥ | āryāvarttāḥ śibayaḥ strīsacivagaṇāśca pīḍyante

When the son of Bhṛgu ⟨Venus⟩ has gone to Rāhu, the Dāśerakas, the Kaikayas with the Yaudheyas, the peoples of Āryāvarta, the Śibis, and the companies of women and of ministers are afflicted.

सौरे मरुभवपुष्करसौराष्ट्रिक धातवोऽर्बुदान्त्यजनाः । गोमन्तपारियात्राश्रिताश् च नाशं व्रजन्त्याशु

saure marubhavapuṣkarasaurāṣṭrika dhātavo'rbudāntyajanāḥ | gomantapāriyātrāśritāś ca nāśaṃ vrajantyāśu

When Saturn ⟨is seized⟩, those born in the desert ⟨Maru⟩, Puṣkara, the Saurāṣṭrikas, ores, the low-born people of Arbuda, and those who resort to Gomanta and Pāriyātra swiftly go to destruction.

कार्त्तिक्यामनलोपजीविमगधान् प्राच्याधिपान् कोशलान् कल्माषान् अथ शूरसेनसहितान् काशीश्च सन्तापयेत् । हन्याद् आशु कलिङ्गदेशनृपतिं सामात्यभृत्यं तमो दृष्टं क्षत्रियतापदं जनयति क्षेमं सुभिक्षान्वितम्

kārttikyāmanalopajīvimagadhān prācyādhipān kośalān kalmāṣān atha śūrasenasahitān kāśīśca santāpayet | hanyād āśu kaliṅgadeśanṛpatiṃ sāmātyabhṛtyaṃ tamo dṛṣṭaṃ kṣatriyatāpadaṃ janayati kṣemaṃ subhikṣānvitam

At the Kārttika ⟨full moon⟩ it torments those who live by fire, the Magadhas, the lords of the eastern ⟨countries⟩, the Kośalas, the Kalmāṣas, and the Kāśis together with the Śūrasenas; and it swiftly slays the king of the Kaliṅga country along with his ministers and servants. Darkness ⟨Rāhu⟩, seen ⟨then⟩, brings scorching upon the kṣatriyas ⟨yet⟩ produces security joined with abundance of food.

काश्मीरकान् कौशलकान् सपुण्ड्रान् मृगांश्च हन्यादपरान्तकांश्च । ये सोमपास्तांश्च निहन्ति सौम्ये सुवृष्टिकृत् क्षेमसुभिक्षकृत्च

kāśmīrakān kauśalakān sapuṇḍrān mṛgāṃśca hanyādaparāntakāṃśca | ye somapāstāṃśca nihanti saumye suvṛṣṭikṛt kṣemasubhikṣakṛtca

⟨In the month Saumya⟩ it would slay the Kāśmīrakas, the Kauśalakas, the Puṇḍras, deer, and the Aparāntakas; and those who drink soma, them too it destroys; ⟨yet⟩ it makes good rain, and produces security and abundance of food.

पौषे द्विजक्षत्रजनोपरोधः ससैन्धवाख्याः कुकुरा विदेहाः । ध्वंसं व्रजन्त्यत्र च मन्दवृष्टिं भयं च विन्द्यादसुभिक्षयुक्तम्

pauṣe dvijakṣatrajanoparodhaḥ sasaindhavākhyāḥ kukurā videhāḥ | dhvaṃsaṃ vrajantyatra ca mandavṛṣṭiṃ bhayaṃ ca vindyādasubhikṣayuktam

In Pauṣa, ⟨there is⟩ oppression of the twice-born and of kṣatriya folk; those named Saindhavas, the Kukuras and the Videhas go to ruin; and here one should expect scanty rain, and fear joined with dearth of food.

माघे तु मातृपितृभक्तवसिष्ठगोत्रान् स्वाध्यायधर्मनिरतान् करिणस्तुरङ्गान् । वङ्गाङ्गकाशिमनुजांश्च दुनोति राहुर् वृष्टिं च कर्षकजनाभिमतां करोति

māghe tu mātṛpitṛbhaktavasiṣṭhagotrān svādhyāyadharmaniratān kariṇasturaṅgān | vaṅgāṅgakāśimanujāṃśca dunoti rāhur vṛṣṭiṃ ca karṣakajanābhimatāṃ karoti

But in Māgha Rāhu torments those devoted to mother and father, those of the Vasiṣṭha gotra, those intent on Vedic recitation and on dharma, elephants, horses, and the men of Vaṅga, Aṅga and Kāśi; and he makes rain such as the farming folk desire.

पीडाकरं फाल्गुनमासि पर्व वङ्गाश्मकावन्तिक मेकलानाम् । नृत्यज्ञ सस्यप्रवराङ्गनानां धनुष्करक्षत्रतपस्विनां च

pīḍākaraṃ phālgunamāsi parva vaṅgāśmakāvantika mekalānām | nṛtyajña sasyapravarāṅganānāṃ dhanuṣkarakṣatratapasvināṃ ca

The parvan ⟨eclipse⟩ in the month of Phālguna brings affliction to the Vaṅgas, Aśmakas, Avantikas and Mekalas; to those skilled in dance, to the crops and to women of rank; and to bow-makers, kṣatriyas and ascetics.

चैत्र्यां तु चित्रकरलेखगेयसक्तान् रूपोपजीविनिगमज्ञहिरण्यपण्यान् । पौण्ड्रौड्रकैकयजनान् अथ चाश्मकांश्च तापः स्पृशत्यमरपोऽत्र विचित्रवर्षी

caitryāṃ tu citrakaralekhageyasaktān rūpopajīvinigamajñahiraṇyapaṇyān | pauṇḍrauḍrakaikayajanān atha cāśmakāṃśca tāpaḥ spṛśatyamarapo'tra vicitravarṣī

But at the Caitra ⟨full moon⟩ distress touches those given to painting, writing and song; those who live by their beauty, those versed in the nigamas, and dealers in gold; the Pauṇḍra, Auḍra and Kaikaya peoples, and the Aśmakas as well; and here the lord of the immortals ⟨Indra⟩ rains unevenly.

वैशाखमासे ग्रहणे विनाशमायान्ति कर्पासतिलाः समुद्गाः । इक्ष्वाकुयौधेयशकाः कलिङ्गाः सोपप्लवाः किन्तु सुभिक्षमस्मिन्

vaiśākhamāse grahaṇe vināśamāyānti karpāsatilāḥ samudgāḥ | ikṣvākuyaudheyaśakāḥ kaliṅgāḥ sopaplavāḥ kintu subhikṣamasmin

At an eclipse in the month of Vaiśākha, cotton and sesame together with mudga beans go to destruction; the Ikṣvākus, Yaudheyas, Śakas and Kaliṅgas ⟨are⟩ beset by calamity; but in this ⟨month⟩ there is abundance of food.

ज्येष्ठे नरेन्द्रद्विजराजपत्न्यः सस्यानि वृष्टिश्च महागणाश्च । प्रध्वंसमायान्ति नराश्च सौम्याः साल्वैः समेताश्च निषादसङ्घाः

jyeṣṭhe narendradvijarājapatnyaḥ sasyāni vṛṣṭiśca mahāgaṇāśca | pradhvaṃsamāyānti narāśca saumyāḥ sālvaiḥ sametāśca niṣādasaṅghāḥ

In Jyeṣṭha, kings, brāhmaṇas and queens, the crops, the rain, the great guilds, gentle men, and the hosts of Niṣādas together with the Sālvas go to utter destruction.

आषाढपर्वण्युदपानवप्रनदीप्रवाहान् फलमूलवार्त्तान् । गान्धारकाश्मीरपुलिन्दचीनान् हतान् वदेद्मण्डलवर्षमस्मिन्

āṣāḍhaparvaṇyudapānavapranadīpravāhān phalamūlavārttān | gāndhārakāśmīrapulindacīnān hatān vadedmaṇḍalavarṣamasmin

At an Āṣāḍha parvan one should declare stricken the wells, the embankments and the river-currents, those whose livelihood is fruits and roots, and the Gāndhāras, Kāśmīras, Pulindas and Cīnas; and in this ⟨month⟩ the rain falls district by district.

काश्मीरान् सपुलिन्दचीनयवनान् हन्यात् कुरुक्षेत्रजान् गान्धारान् अपि मध्यदेशसहितान् दृष्टो ग्रहः श्रावणे । काम्बोजैकशफांश्च शारदमपि त्यक्त्वा यथोक्तान् इमान् अन्यत्र प्रचुरान्नहृष्टमनुजैर्धात्रीं करोत्यावृताम्

kāśmīrān sapulindacīnayavanān hanyāt kurukṣetrajān gāndhārān api madhyadeśasahitān dṛṣṭo grahaḥ śrāvaṇe | kāmbojaikaśaphāṃśca śāradamapi tyaktvā yathoktān imān anyatra pracurānnahṛṣṭamanujairdhātrīṃ karotyāvṛtām

In Śrāvaṇa the graha, seen ⟨then⟩, would slay the Kāśmīras with the Pulindas, Cīnas and Yavanas, those born in Kurukṣetra, and the Gāndhāras together with the Madhyadeśa; and the Kāmbojas and the solid-hoofed beasts; but, leaving aside the autumn crop and these ⟨peoples⟩ named, elsewhere it makes the earth covered with men rejoicing in abundant food.

कलिङ्गवङ्गान् मगधान् सुराष्ट्रान् म्लेच्छान् सुवीरान् दरदाश्मकांश् च । स्त्रीणां च गर्भान् असुरो निहन्ति सुभिक्षकृद्भाद्रपदेऽभ्युपेतः

kaliṅgavaṅgān magadhān surāṣṭrān mlecchān suvīrān daradāśmakāṃś ca | strīṇāṃ ca garbhān asuro nihanti subhikṣakṛdbhādrapade'bhyupetaḥ

The asura ⟨Rāhu⟩, come ⟨to the eclipse⟩ in Bhādrapada, slays the Kaliṅgas and Vaṅgas, the Magadhas, the Surāṣṭras, the Mlecchas, the Suvīras, the Daradas and Aśmakas, and the embryos of women; ⟨yet⟩ he brings abundance of food.

काम्बोजचीनयवनान् सह शल्यहृद्भिर् बाह्लीक सिन्धुतटवासिजनांश्च हन्यात् । आनर्त्त पौण्ड्रभिषजश्च तथा किरातान् दृष्टोऽसुरोऽश्वयुजि भूरिसुभिक्षकृच्च

kāmbojacīnayavanān saha śalyahṛdbhir bāhlīka sindhutaṭavāsijanāṃśca hanyāt | ānartta pauṇḍrabhiṣajaśca tathā kirātān dṛṣṭo'suro'śvayuji bhūrisubhikṣakṛcca

Seen in Āśvayuja, the asura ⟨Rāhu⟩ would slay the Kāmbojas, Cīnas and Yavanas together with the surgeons, the Bāhlīkas and the people dwelling on the banks of the Sindhu; and the Ānarttas, the Pauṇḍras, the physicians and likewise the Kirātas; and he brings great abundance of food.

हनुकुक्षिपायुभेदा द्विर्द्विः सञ्छर्दनं च जरणं च । मध्यान्तयोश्च विदरणमिति दश शशिसूर्ययोर्मोक्षाः

hanukukṣipāyubhedā dvirdviḥ sañchardanaṃ ca jaraṇaṃ ca | madhyāntayośca vidaraṇamiti daśa śaśisūryayormokṣāḥ

The splittings of the jaw, of the belly and of the anus, two of each; and sañchardana ⟨the vomiting forth⟩ and jaraṇa ⟨the digesting⟩; and the splitting at the middle and at the end — these are the ten releases of the Moon and the Sun.

आग्नेय्यामपगमनं दक्षिणहनुभेदसंज्ञितं शशिनः । सस्यविमर्दो मुखरुग्नृपपीडा स्यात् सुवृष्टिश्च

āgneyyāmapagamanaṃ dakṣiṇahanubhedasaṃjñitaṃ śaśinaḥ | sasyavimardo mukharugnṛpapīḍā syāt suvṛṣṭiśca

Departure ⟨of the darkness⟩ in the south-east is named the splitting of the Moon's right jaw. There would be a crushing of the crops, disease of the mouth, affliction of the king, and good rain.

पूर्वोत्तरेण वामो हनुभेदो नृपकुमारभयदायी । मुखरोगं शस्त्रभयं तस्मिन् विन्द्यात् सुभिक्षं च

pūrvottareṇa vāmo hanubhedo nṛpakumārabhayadāyī | mukharogaṃ śastrabhayaṃ tasmin vindyāt subhikṣaṃ ca

By the north-east ⟨the departure is⟩ the left jaw-splitting, which gives fear to kings and princes. In it one should expect disease of the mouth, fear from weapons, and abundance of food.

दक्षिणकुक्षिविभेदो दक्षिणपार्श्वेन यदि भवेन् मोक्षः । पीडा नृपपुत्राणामभियोज्या दक्षिणा रिपवः

dakṣiṇakukṣivibhedo dakṣiṇapārśvena yadi bhaven mokṣaḥ | pīḍā nṛpaputrāṇāmabhiyojyā dakṣiṇā ripavaḥ

If the release should occur by the right side, it is the splitting of the right belly: affliction of the sons of kings; and the enemies to the south are to be marched against.

वामस्तु कुक्षिभेदो यद्युत्तरमार्गसंस्थितो राहुः । स्त्रीणां गर्भविपत्तिः सस्यानि च तत्र मध्यानि

vāmastu kukṣibhedo yadyuttaramārgasaṃsthito rāhuḥ | strīṇāṃ garbhavipattiḥ sasyāni ca tatra madhyāni

But it is the left belly-splitting if Rāhu stands on the northern path: miscarriage for women, and the crops there are middling.

नैरृतवायव्यस्थौ दक्षिणवामौ तु पायुभेदौ द्वौ । गुह्यरुगल्पा वृष्टिर्द्वयोस्तु राज्ञीक्षयो वामे

nairṛtavāyavyasthau dakṣiṇavāmau tu pāyubhedau dvau | guhyarugalpā vṛṣṭirdvayostu rājñīkṣayo vāme

The two ⟨releases⟩ standing in the south-west and the north-west are the right and the left anus-splittings: in both, disease of the private parts and scanty rain; but in the left, the destruction of the queen.

पूर्वेण प्रग्रहणं कृत्वा प्रागेव चापसर्पेत । सञ्छर्दनमिति तत् क्षेमसस्यहार्दिप्रदं जगतः

pūrveṇa pragrahaṇaṃ kṛtvā prāgeva cāpasarpeta | sañchardanamiti tat kṣemasasyahārdipradaṃ jagataḥ

Having made the first seizure on the east and departing by the east itself — that is called sañchardana ⟨the vomiting forth⟩; it gives the world security, crops and goodwill.

प्राक्प्रग्रहणं यस्मिन् पश्चादपसर्पणं तु तज्जरणम् । क्षुत्शस्त्रभयोद्विग्ना न शरणमुपयान्ति तत्र जनाः

prākpragrahaṇaṃ yasmin paścādapasarpaṇaṃ tu tajjaraṇam | kṣutśastrabhayodvignā na śaraṇamupayānti tatra janāḥ

That in which the first seizure is in the east but the departure in the west is jaraṇa ⟨the digesting⟩: there people, agitated by hunger and by fear of weapons, find no refuge.

मध्ये यदि प्रकाशः प्रथमं तन् मध्यविदरणं नाम । अन्तःकोपकरं स्यात् सुभिक्षदं नातिवृष्टिकरम्

madhye yadi prakāśaḥ prathamaṃ tan madhyavidaraṇaṃ nāma | antaḥkopakaraṃ syāt subhikṣadaṃ nātivṛṣṭikaram

If the light ⟨appears⟩ first in the middle, that is named the middle splitting. It would cause internal strife; it gives abundance of food, and does not make excessive rain.

पर्यन्तेषु विमलता बहुलं मध्ये तमोऽन्त्य दरणाख्यः । मध्याख्यदेशनाशः शारदसस्यक्षयश्चास्मिन्

paryanteṣu vimalatā bahulaṃ madhye tamo'ntya daraṇākhyaḥ | madhyākhyadeśanāśaḥ śāradasasyakṣayaścāsmin

Clearness at the edges and thick darkness in the middle — ⟨that⟩ is called the end-splitting. In it: the destruction of the country called Madhya⟨deśa⟩, and the loss of the autumn crops.

एते सर्वे मोक्षा वक्तव्या भास्करेऽपि किन्त्वत्र । पूर्वा दिक्शशिनि यथा तथा रवौ पश्चिमा कल्प्या

ete sarve mokṣā vaktavyā bhāskare'pi kintvatra | pūrvā dikśaśini yathā tathā ravau paścimā kalpyā

All these ⟨ten modes of⟩ release are to be declared in the case of the Sun as well; but here ⟨this much differs⟩: as the eastern quarter ⟨is reckoned⟩ for the Moon, so for the Sun the western is to be assumed.

मुक्ते सप्ताहान्तः पांशुनिपातोऽन्नसंक्षयं कुरुते । नीहारो रोगभयं भूकम्पः प्रवरनृपमृत्युम्

mukte saptāhāntaḥ pāṃśunipāto'nnasaṃkṣayaṃ kurute | nīhāro rogabhayaṃ bhūkampaḥ pravaranṛpamṛtyum

When ⟨the luminary⟩ has been released, ⟨if⟩ within seven days a fall of dust ⟨occurs⟩, it brings about the wasting of food-grain; fog, the fear of disease; an earthquake, the death of a foremost king.

उल्का मन्त्रिविनाशं नानावर्णा घनाश्च भयमतुलम् । स्तनितं गर्भविनाशं विद्युन्नृपदंष्ट्रिपरिपीडाम्

ulkā mantrivināśaṃ nānāvarṇā ghanāśca bhayamatulam | stanitaṃ garbhavināśaṃ vidyunnṛpadaṃṣṭriparipīḍām

A meteor ⟨portends⟩ the destruction of the minister; clouds of many colours, fear beyond measure; thunder, the destruction of the germ ⟨in the womb⟩; lightning, grievous affliction to kings and to tusked ⟨and fanged⟩ beasts.

परिवेषो रुक्पीडां दिग्दाहो नृपभयं च साग्निभयम् । रूक्षो वायुः प्रबलश्चौरसमुत्थं भयं धत्ते

pariveṣo rukpīḍāṃ digdāho nṛpabhayaṃ ca sāgnibhayam | rūkṣo vāyuḥ prabalaścaurasamutthaṃ bhayaṃ dhatte

A halo ⟨about the luminary⟩ ⟨brings⟩ the torment of disease; a burning of the quarters (digdāha), danger from the king together with danger from fire; and a harsh wind blowing strong brings on danger arising from thieves.

निर्घातः सुरचापं दण्डश्च क्षुद्भयं सपरचक्रम् । ग्रहयुद्धे नृपयुद्धं केतुश्च तदेव सन्दृष्टः

nirghātaḥ suracāpaṃ daṇḍaśca kṣudbhayaṃ saparacakram | grahayuddhe nṛpayuddhaṃ ketuśca tadeva sandṛṣṭaḥ

A nirghāta ⟨a crash in a cloudless sky⟩, a rainbow, and a rod-shaped ⟨appearance⟩ ⟨bring⟩ the fear of famine together with the invasion of a hostile army; a war of the grahas ⟨brings⟩ a war of kings, and a comet, when it is seen, ⟨brings⟩ that very same thing.

अविकृतसलिलनिपातैः सप्ताहान्तः सुभिक्षमादेश्यम् । यच्चाशुभं ग्रहणजं तत् सर्वं नाशम् उपयाति

avikṛtasalilanipātaiḥ saptāhāntaḥ subhikṣamādeśyam | yaccāśubhaṃ grahaṇajaṃ tat sarvaṃ nāśam upayāti

By falls of water that is unvitiated, within seven days, plenty of food is to be foretold; and whatever is inauspicious and born of the eclipse, all of that comes to destruction.

सोमग्रहे निवृत्ते पक्षान्ते यदि भवेद्ग्रहोऽर्कस्य । तत्रानयः प्रजानां दम्पत्योर्वैरमन्योन्यम्

somagrahe nivṛtte pakṣānte yadi bhavedgraho'rkasya | tatrānayaḥ prajānāṃ dampatyorvairamanyonyam

When an eclipse of the Moon has passed off, if at the end of the ⟨same⟩ fortnight there should be an eclipse of the Sun, then there is calamity for the people and mutual enmity between husband and wife.

अर्कग्रहात् तु शशिनो ग्रहणं यदि दृश्यते ततो विप्राः । नैकक्रतुफलभाजो भवन्ति मुदिताः प्रजाश्चैव

arkagrahāt tu śaśino grahaṇaṃ yadi dṛśyate tato viprāḥ | naikakratuphalabhājo bhavanti muditāḥ prajāścaiva

But if, after an eclipse of the Sun, an eclipse of the Moon is seen, then the brāhmaṇas become partakers of the fruit of many sacrifices, and the people too are glad.

यद्युदयर्क्षाद्वक्रं करोति नवमाष्टसप्तमर्क्षेषु । तद्वक्त्रम् उष्णमुदये पीडाकरमग्निवार्त्तानाम्

yadyudayarkṣādvakraṃ karoti navamāṣṭasaptamarkṣeṣu | tadvaktram uṣṇamudaye pīḍākaramagnivārttānām

If ⟨Mars⟩ turns retrograde in the ninth, eighth or seventh nakṣatra from the nakṣatra of his ⟨heliacal⟩ rising, that face ⟨of his⟩ is ‘Hot’ (uṣṇa); at ⟨his⟩ rising it works affliction upon fire and husbandry.

द्वादशदशमैकादशनक्षत्राद्वक्रिते कुजेऽश्रुमुखम् । दूषयति रसान् उदये करोति रोगान् अवृष्टिं च

dvādaśadaśamaikādaśanakṣatrādvakrite kuje'śrumukham | dūṣayati rasān udaye karoti rogān avṛṣṭiṃ ca

When Kuja ⟨Mars⟩ turns retrograde from the twelfth, tenth or eleventh nakṣatra, ⟨his face is⟩ the ‘Tearful Face’ (aśru-mukha); it spoils the saps ⟨of plants⟩, and at ⟨his⟩ rising it causes diseases and drought.

व्यालं त्रयोदशर्क्षाच्चतुर्दशाद्वा विपच्यतेऽस्तमये । दंष्ट्रिव्यालमृगेभ्यः करोति पीडां सुभिक्षं च

vyālaṃ trayodaśarkṣāccaturdaśādvā vipacyate'stamaye | daṃṣṭrivyālamṛgebhyaḥ karoti pīḍāṃ subhikṣaṃ ca

⟨The face is⟩ the ‘Serpent’ (vyāla) from the thirteenth or the fourteenth nakṣatra; it ripens ⟨to its fruit⟩ at ⟨his⟩ setting. It causes affliction from tusked beasts, from serpents ⟨and beasts of prey⟩ and from wild animals — and abundance of food.

रुधिराननमिति वक्त्रं पञ्चदशात् षोडशाच्च विनिवृत्ते । तत्कालं मुखरोगं सभयं च सुभिक्षमावहति

rudhirānanamiti vaktraṃ pañcadaśāt ṣoḍaśācca vinivṛtte | tatkālaṃ mukharogaṃ sabhayaṃ ca subhikṣamāvahati

The face is ‘Blood-faced’ (rudhirānana) when he turns back from the fifteenth and from the sixteenth ⟨nakṣatra⟩; at that very time it brings disease of the mouth, and an abundance of food attended with fear.

असिमुशलं सप्तदशादष्टादशतोऽपि वा तदनुवक्रे । दस्युगणेभ्यः पीडां करोत्यवृष्टिं सशस्त्रभयाम्

asimuśalaṃ saptadaśādaṣṭādaśato'pi vā tadanuvakre | dasyugaṇebhyaḥ pīḍāṃ karotyavṛṣṭiṃ saśastrabhayām

⟨The face is⟩ ‘Sword-and-Club’ (asi-muśala) when he turns retrograde thereafter from the seventeenth, or from the eighteenth as well; it causes affliction from bands of robbers, and drought attended with fear of weapons.

भाग्यार्यमोदिते यदि निवर्तते वैश्वदैवते भौमः । प्राजापत्येऽस्तमितस्त्रीन् अपि लोकान् निपीडयति

bhāgyāryamodite yadi nivartate vaiśvadaivate bhaumaḥ | prājāpatye'stamitastrīn api lokān nipīḍayati

If Bhauma ⟨Mars⟩, having risen in Bhāgya ⟨Pūrvaphalgunī⟩ ⟨or⟩ in Aryaman's ⟨Uttaraphalgunī⟩, turns back in Vaiśvadaiva ⟨Uttarāṣāḍhā⟩ and sets in Prājāpatya ⟨Rohiṇī⟩, he afflicts even ⟨all⟩ the three worlds.

श्रवणोदितस्य वक्रं पुष्ये मूर्धाभिषिक्तपीडाकृत् । यस्मिन्न् ऋक्षेऽभ्युदितस्तद्दिग्व्यूहान् जनान् हन्ति

śravaṇoditasya vakraṃ puṣye mūrdhābhiṣiktapīḍākṛt | yasminn ṛkṣe'bhyuditastaddigvyūhān janān hanti

For ⟨Mars⟩ risen in Śravaṇa, retrogression in Puṣya works affliction upon crowned kings. In whatever nakṣatra he rises ⟨heliacally⟩, he slays the people ranged in that quarter.

मध्येन यदि मघानां गतागतं लोहितः करोति ततः । पाण्ड्यो नृपो विनश्यति शस्त्रोद्योगाद्भयमवृष्टिम्

madhyena yadi maghānāṃ gatāgataṃ lohitaḥ karoti tataḥ | pāṇḍyo nṛpo vinaśyati śastrodyogādbhayamavṛṣṭim

If Lohita ⟨the Red one, Mars⟩ makes a going-and-returning through the middle of the Maghās, then the Pāṇḍya king perishes; ⟨and he brings⟩ fear from the raising of arms, and drought.

भित्त्वा मघा विशाखां भिन्दन् भौमः करोति दुर्भिक्षम् । मरकं करोति घोरं यदि भित्त्वा रोहिणीं याति

bhittvā maghā viśākhāṃ bhindan bhaumaḥ karoti durbhikṣam | marakaṃ karoti ghoraṃ yadi bhittvā rohiṇīṃ yāti

Having cleft Maghā, ⟨and then⟩ cleaving Viśākhā, Bhauma ⟨Mars⟩ causes famine; and if, having cleft ⟨it⟩, he goes on to Rohiṇī, he causes a dreadful pestilence.

दक्षिणतो रोहिण्याश्चरन् महीजोऽर्घवृष्टिनिग्रहकृत् । धूमायन् सशिखो वा विनिहन्यात् पारियात्रस्थान्

dakṣiṇato rohiṇyāścaran mahījo'rghavṛṣṭinigrahakṛt | dhūmāyan saśikho vā vinihanyāt pāriyātrasthān

Mahīja ⟨the Earth-born, Mars⟩ moving to the south of Rohiṇī is a checker of prices and of rain; smoking, or crested ⟨with a tuft of rays⟩, he would destroy those dwelling on the Pāriyātra ⟨range⟩.

प्राजापत्ये श्रवणे मूले त्रिषु चोत्तरेषु शाक्रे च । विचरन् घननिवहानामुपघातकरः क्षमातनयः

prājāpatye śravaṇe mūle triṣu cottareṣu śākre ca | vicaran ghananivahānāmupaghātakaraḥ kṣamātanayaḥ

Kṣamātanaya ⟨the son of the Earth, Mars⟩, moving in Prājāpatya ⟨Rohiṇī⟩, Śravaṇa, Mūla, the three Uttarās and Śākra ⟨Jyeṣṭhā⟩, is a worker of destruction upon the masses of clouds.

चारोदयाः प्रशस्ताः श्रवणमघादित्यहस्तमूलेषु । एकपदाश्विविशाखाप्राजापत्येषु च कुजस्य

cārodayāḥ praśastāḥ śravaṇamaghādityahastamūleṣu | ekapadāśviviśākhāprājāpatyeṣu ca kujasya

Kuja's ⟨Mars's⟩ courses and ⟨heliacal⟩ risings are commended in Śravaṇa, Maghā, Āditya ⟨Punarvasu⟩, Hastā and Mūla, and in Ekapada ⟨Pūrvabhādrapadā⟩, Aśvi ⟨Aśvinī⟩, Viśākhā and Prājāpatya ⟨Rohiṇī⟩.

विपुलविमलमूर्तिः किंशुकाशोकवर्णः स्फुटरुचिरमयूखस्तप्तताम्रप्रभाभः । विचरति यदि मार्गं चोत्तरं मेदिनीजः शुभकृदवनिपानां हार्दिदश्च प्रजानाम्

vipulavimalamūrtiḥ kiṃśukāśokavarṇaḥ sphuṭaruciramayūkhastaptatāmraprabhābhaḥ | vicarati yadi mārgaṃ cottaraṃ medinījaḥ śubhakṛdavanipānāṃ hārdidaśca prajānām

If Medinīja ⟨the Earth-born, Mars⟩ — large and spotless of body, of the colour of the kiṃśuka and the aśoka ⟨blossom⟩, with clear and lovely rays, with the sheen of heated copper — travels the northern path, he is a doer of good to kings and a giver of heart's ease to the people.

नोत्पातपरित्यक्तः कदा चिदपि चन्द्रजो व्रजत्युदयम् । जलदहनपवनभयकृद्धान्यार्घक्षयविवृद्धौ वा

notpātaparityaktaḥ kadā cidapi candrajo vrajatyudayam | jaladahanapavanabhayakṛddhānyārghakṣayavivṛddhau vā

Never at any time does the son of the Moon ⟨Mercury⟩ come to his rising abandoned by portents: he is a maker of fear from water, fire and wind, or ⟨he works⟩ in the fall and the rise of the price of grain.

विचरन् श्रवणधनिष्ठाप्रजापत्येन्दुवैश्वदेवानि । मृद्नन् हिमकरतनयः करोत्यवृष्टिं सरोगभयाम्

vicaran śravaṇadhaniṣṭhāprajāpatyenduvaiśvadevāni | mṛdnan himakaratanayaḥ karotyavṛṣṭiṃ sarogabhayām

Moving through and crushing Śravaṇa, Dhaniṣṭhā, the Prājāpatya ⟨Rohiṇī⟩, the Indu ⟨Mṛgaśiras⟩ and the Vaiśvadeva ⟨Uttarāṣāḍhā⟩, the son of the cool-rayed one ⟨Mercury⟩ causes drought attended with the fear of disease.

रौद्रादीनि मघान्तान्युपाश्रिते चन्द्रजे प्रजापीडा । शस्त्रनिपातक्षुद्भयरोगानावृष्टिसन्तापैः

raudrādīni maghāntānyupāśrite candraje prajāpīḍā | śastranipātakṣudbhayarogānāvṛṣṭisantāpaiḥ

When Mercury has resorted to ⟨the asterisms⟩ beginning with the Raudra ⟨Ārdrā⟩ and ending with Maghā, there is affliction of the people — by the falling of weapons, by the fear of hunger, by disease, by drought and by scorching heat.

हस्तादीनि चरन् षडृक्षाण्युपपीडयन् गवामशुभः । स्नेहरसार्घविवृद्धिं करोति चोर्वीं प्रभूतान्नाम्

hastādīni caran ṣaḍṛkṣāṇyupapīḍayan gavāmaśubhaḥ | sneharasārghavivṛddhiṃ karoti corvīṃ prabhūtānnām

Traversing the six asterisms beginning with Hasta ⟨Hasta, Citrā, Svātī, Viśākhā, Anurādhā, Jyeṣṭhā⟩ and afflicting them, he is inauspicious for cattle; and he causes a rise in the price of oils and of juices (rasa), and ⟨makes⟩ the earth abundant in grain.

आर्यम्णं हौतभुजं भद्रपदामुत्तरां यमेशं च । चन्द्रस्य सुतो निघ्नन् प्राणभृतां धातुसंक्षयकृत्

āryamṇaṃ hautabhujaṃ bhadrapadāmuttarāṃ yameśaṃ ca | candrasya suto nighnan prāṇabhṛtāṃ dhātusaṃkṣayakṛt

Striking the Āryamṇa ⟨Uttara Phalgunī⟩, the Hautabhuja ⟨Kṛttikā⟩, Uttarā Bhādrapadā, and the one whose lord is Yama ⟨Bharaṇī⟩, the son of the Moon works the wasting away of the bodily elements (dhātus) of living beings.

आश्विनवारुणमूलान्युपमृद्नन् रेवतीं च चन्द्रसुतः । पण्यभिषग्नौजीविकसलिलजतुरगोपघातकरः

āśvinavāruṇamūlānyupamṛdnan revatīṃ ca candrasutaḥ | paṇyabhiṣagnaujīvikasalilajaturagopaghātakaraḥ

Crushing the Āśvina ⟨Aśvinī⟩, the Vāruṇa ⟨Śatabhiṣaj⟩, Mūla and Revatī, the son of the Moon becomes a destroyer of merchandise, of physicians, of those who live by boats, of things born of the water, and of horses.

पूर्वाद्यर्क्षत्रितयादेकमपीन्दोः सुतोऽभिमृद्नीयात् । क्षुत्शस्त्रतस्करामयभयप्रदायी चरन् जगतः

pūrvādyarkṣatritayādekamapīndoḥ suto'bhimṛdnīyāt | kṣutśastrataskarāmayabhayapradāyī caran jagataḥ

Should the son of the Moon crush even one out of the triad of asterisms whose names begin with 'Pūrvā' ⟨Pūrva Phalgunī, Pūrvāṣāḍhā, Pūrva Bhādrapadā⟩, then in his course he is a giver of the fear of hunger, of weapons, of thieves and of disease to the world.

प्राकृतविमिश्रसंक्षिप्ततीक्ष्णयोगान्तघोरपापाख्याः । सप्त पराशरतन्त्रे नक्षत्रैः कीर्तिता गतयः

prākṛtavimiśrasaṃkṣiptatīkṣṇayogāntaghorapāpākhyāḥ | sapta parāśaratantre nakṣatraiḥ kīrtitā gatayaḥ

Prākṛta, vimiśra, saṃkṣipta, tīkṣṇa, yogānta, ghora and pāpa by name — seven courses (gati) are declared in the Parāśara-tantra, ⟨reckoned⟩ by the nakṣatras.

प्राकृतसंज्ञा वायव्ययाम्यपैतामहानि बहुलाश्च । मिश्रा गतिः प्रदिष्टा शशिशिवपितृभुजगदेवानि

prākṛtasaṃjñā vāyavyayāmyapaitāmahāni bahulāśca | miśrā gatiḥ pradiṣṭā śaśiśivapitṛbhujagadevāni

The one named prākṛta ⟨comprises⟩ the Vāyavya ⟨Svātī⟩, the Yāmya ⟨Bharaṇī⟩, the Paitāmaha ⟨Rohiṇī⟩ and the Bahulās ⟨Kṛttikā⟩; and the miśra course is declared ⟨to be⟩ those whose deities are the Moon, Śiva, the Fathers and the Serpent ⟨Mṛgaśiras, Ārdrā, Maghā, Āśleṣā⟩.

संक्षिप्तायां पुष्यः पुनर्वसुः फल्गुनीद्वयं चेति । तीक्ष्णायां भद्रपदाद्वयं सशाक्राश्वयुक्पौष्णम्

saṃkṣiptāyāṃ puṣyaḥ punarvasuḥ phalgunīdvayaṃ ceti | tīkṣṇāyāṃ bhadrapadādvayaṃ saśākrāśvayukpauṣṇam

In the saṃkṣipta ⟨course⟩: Puṣya, Punarvasu, and the pair of Phalgunīs. In the tīkṣṇa: the pair of Bhādrapadās, together with the Śākra ⟨Jyeṣṭhā⟩, the Aśvayuj ⟨Aśvinī⟩ and the Pauṣṇa ⟨Revatī⟩.

योगान्तिकेति मूलं द्वे चाषाढे गतिः सुतस्येन्दोः । घोरा श्रवणस्त्वाष्ट्रं वसुदैवं वारुणं चैव

yogāntiketi mūlaṃ dve cāṣāḍhe gatiḥ sutasyendoḥ | ghorā śravaṇastvāṣṭraṃ vasudaivaṃ vāruṇaṃ caiva

Mūla and the two Āṣāḍhās — ⟨this⟩ is the course of the Moon's son called yogāntikā. The ghorā ⟨comprises⟩ Śravaṇa, the Tvāṣṭra ⟨Citrā⟩, the Vasu-deitied ⟨Dhaniṣṭhā⟩, and the Vāruṇa ⟨Śatabhiṣaj⟩ as well.

पापाख्या सावित्रं मैत्रं शक्राग्निदैवतं चेति । उदयप्रवासदिवसैः स एव गतिलक्षणं प्राह

pāpākhyā sāvitraṃ maitraṃ śakrāgnidaivataṃ ceti | udayapravāsadivasaiḥ sa eva gatilakṣaṇaṃ prāha

The one named pāpā ⟨comprises⟩ the Sāvitra ⟨Hasta⟩, the Maitra ⟨Anurādhā⟩, and the one whose deities are Śakra and Agni ⟨Viśākhā⟩. He ⟨Parāśara⟩ himself has stated the mark of the courses by the days of ⟨Mercury's⟩ rising and of his absence.

चत्वारिंशत् त्रिंशद् द्विसमेता विंशतिर् द्विनवकं च । नव मासार्धं दश चैकसंयुताः प्राकृताद्यानाम्

catvāriṃśat triṃśad dvisametā viṃśatir dvinavakaṃ ca | nava māsārdhaṃ daśa caikasaṃyutāḥ prākṛtādyānām

Forty ⟨40⟩, thirty ⟨30⟩, twenty joined with two ⟨22⟩, twice nine ⟨18⟩, nine ⟨9⟩, half a month ⟨15⟩, and ten joined with one ⟨11⟩ — ⟨these are the days⟩ of the ⟨courses⟩ beginning with prākṛta.

प्राकृतगत्यामारोग्यवृष्टिसस्यप्रवृद्धयः क्षेमम् । संक्षिप्तमिश्रयोर्मिश्रमेतदन्यासु विपरीतम्

prākṛtagatyāmārogyavṛṣṭisasyapravṛddhayaḥ kṣemam | saṃkṣiptamiśrayormiśrametadanyāsu viparītam

In the prākṛta course ⟨there is⟩ health, rain, growth of crops, and security. In the saṃkṣipta and the miśra, this is mixed; in the others it is the reverse.

ऋज्व्यतिवक्रावक्रा विकला च मतेन देवलस्यैताः । पञ्चचतुर्द्व्येकाहा ऋज्व्यादीनां षडभ्यस्ताः

ṛjvyativakrāvakrā vikalā ca matena devalasyaitāḥ | pañcacaturdvyekāhā ṛjvyādīnāṃ ṣaḍabhyastāḥ

The straight ⟨ṛjvī⟩, the very crooked ⟨ativakrā⟩, the crooked ⟨vakrā⟩ and the defective ⟨vikalā⟩ — these ⟨are the courses⟩ in the view of Devala. Of the ⟨courses⟩ beginning with ṛjvī the days are five, four, two and one, multiplied by six ⟨30, 24, 12 and 6⟩.

ऋज्वी हिता प्रजानां अतिवक्राऽर्घं गतिर्विनाशयति । शस्त्रभयदा च वक्रा विकला भयरोगसञ्जननी

ṛjvī hitā prajānāṃ ativakrā'rghaṃ gatirvināśayati | śastrabhayadā ca vakrā vikalā bhayarogasañjananī

The straight ⟨course⟩ is beneficial to the people; the very crooked course destroys the price ⟨of goods⟩; and the crooked gives fear from weapons; the defective is the begetter of fear and disease.

पौषाषाढश्रावणवैशाखेष्विन्दुजः समाघेषु । दृष्टो भयाय जगतः शुभफलकृत् प्रोषितस्तेषु

pauṣāṣāḍhaśrāvaṇavaiśākheṣvindujaḥ samāgheṣu | dṛṣṭo bhayāya jagataḥ śubhaphalakṛt proṣitasteṣu

Seen ⟨visible⟩ in the months of Pauṣa, Āṣāḍha, Śrāvaṇa, Vaiśākha and Māgha, Mercury ⟨makes⟩ for the fear of the world; gone away ⟨invisible⟩ in those same months, he is a doer of auspicious results.

कार्तिके ऽश्वयुजि वा यदि मासे दृश्यते तनुभवः शिशिरांशोः । शस्त्रचौरहुतभुग्गदतोयक्षुद्भयानि च तदा विदधाति

kārtike 'śvayuji vā yadi māse dṛśyate tanubhavaḥ śiśirāṃśoḥ | śastracaurahutabhuggadatoyakṣudbhayāni ca tadā vidadhāti

If in the month of Kārtika, or of Āśvayuja, the body-born son of the cool-rayed one ⟨Mercury, son of the Moon⟩ is seen, then he brings about fears from weapons, thieves, fire, disease, water and hunger.

रुद्धानि सौम्येऽस्तगते पुराणि यान्युद्गते तान्युपयान्ति मोक्षम् । अन्ये तु पश्चादुदिते वदन्ति लाभः पुराणां भवतीति तज्ज्ञाः

ruddhāni saumye'stagate purāṇi yānyudgate tānyupayānti mokṣam | anye tu paścādudite vadanti lābhaḥ purāṇāṃ bhavatīti tajjñāḥ

Those cities that are besieged while Mercury (saumya) is set — when he has risen they attain release. But others who know that matter say that when he rises afterwards there is a gaining of the cities.

हेमकान्तिरथ वा शुकवर्णः सस्यकेन मणिना सदृशो वा । स्निग्धमूर्तिरलघुश्च हिताय व्यत्यये न शुभकृत् शशिपुत्रः

hemakāntiratha vā śukavarṇaḥ sasyakena maṇinā sadṛśo vā | snigdhamūrtiralaghuśca hitāya vyatyaye na śubhakṛt śaśiputraḥ

Of golden lustre, or parrot-hued, or like the sasyaka gem ⟨a blue-green stone⟩, glossy of body and not small — ⟨so⟩ the son of the Moon is for ⟨the world's⟩ good; in the contrary case he is no doer of what is auspicious.

नक्षत्रेण सहोदयमुपगच्छति येन देवपतिमन्त्री । तत्संज्ञं वक्तव्यं वर्षं मासक्रमेणैव

nakṣatreṇa sahodayamupagacchati yena devapatimantrī | tatsaṃjñaṃ vaktavyaṃ varṣaṃ māsakrameṇaiva

With whatever nakṣatra the counsellor of the lord of the gods ⟨Bṛhaspati, Jupiter⟩ comes to his rising, by that name the year is to be declared — following simply the sequence of the months.

वर्षाणि कार्त्तिकादीन्याग्नेयाद्भद्वयानुयोगीनि । क्रमशस्त्रिभं तु पञ्चममुपान्त्यमन्त्यं च यद्वर्षम्

varṣāṇi kārttikādīnyāgneyādbhadvayānuyogīni | kramaśastribhaṃ tu pañcamamupāntyamantyaṃ ca yadvarṣam

The years beginning with Kārttika are yoked in order to two asterisms each, beginning from the fiery one ⟨Kṛttikā⟩; but the year that is the fifth ⟨Phālguna⟩, the penultimate ⟨Bhādrapada⟩ and the last ⟨Āśvayuja⟩ has three asterisms.

शकटानलोपजीवकगोपीडा व्याधिशस्त्रकोपश्च । वृद्धिस्तु रक्तपीतककुसुमानां कार्त्तिके वर्षे

śakaṭānalopajīvakagopīḍā vyādhiśastrakopaśca | vṛddhistu raktapītakakusumānāṃ kārttike varṣe

In the Kārttika year: affliction of carts, of those who live by fire, and of cattle; and an outbreak of disease and of weapons. But there is increase of red and yellow flowers.

सौम्येऽब्देऽनावृष्टिर्मृगाखुशलभाण्डजैश्च सस्यवधः । व्याधिभयं मित्रैरपि भूपानां जायते वैरम्

saumye'bde'nāvṛṣṭirmṛgākhuśalabhāṇḍajaiśca sasyavadhaḥ | vyādhibhayaṃ mitrairapi bhūpānāṃ jāyate vairam

In the Saumya ⟨Mārgaśīrṣa⟩ year: drought; destruction of the crops by deer, mice, locusts and birds; fear of disease; and enmity arises for kings even with their friends.

शुभकृज्जगतः पौषो निवृत्तवैराः परस्परं क्षितिपाः । द्वित्रिगुणो धान्यार्घः पौष्टिककर्मप्रसिद्धिश्च

śubhakṛjjagataḥ pauṣo nivṛttavairāḥ parasparaṃ kṣitipāḥ | dvitriguṇo dhānyārghaḥ pauṣṭikakarmaprasiddhiśca

The Pauṣa ⟨year⟩ does good to the world: kings turn back from mutual enmity; the argha ⟨rate⟩ of grain is two- or threefold; and the rites for prosperity (pauṣṭika) succeed.

पितृपूजापरिवृद्धिर्माघे हार्दिश्च सर्वभूतानाम् । आरोग्यवृष्टिधान्यार्घसम्पदो मित्रलाभश्च

pitṛpūjāparivṛddhirmāghe hārdiśca sarvabhūtānām | ārogyavṛṣṭidhānyārghasampado mitralābhaśca

In Māgha: increase of the worship of the ancestors, and cordiality among all beings; abundance of health, of rain and of the grain-rate (argha); and the gaining of friends.

फाल्गुनवर्षे विन्द्यात् क्व चित् क्व चित् क्षेमवृष्टिसस्यानि । दौर्भाग्यं प्रमदानां प्रबलाश्चौरा नृपाश्चोग्राः

phālgunavarṣe vindyāt kva cit kva cit kṣemavṛṣṭisasyāni | daurbhāgyaṃ pramadānāṃ prabalāścaurā nṛpāścogrāḥ

In the Phālguna year one should look for security, rain and crops only here and there; ill-fortune for women; thieves are strong and kings harsh.

चैत्रे मन्दा वृष्टिः प्रियमन्नं क्षेममवनिपा मृदवः । वृद्धिश्च कोशधान्यस्य भवति पीडा च रूपवताम्

caitre mandā vṛṣṭiḥ priyamannaṃ kṣemamavanipā mṛdavaḥ | vṛddhiśca kośadhānyasya bhavati pīḍā ca rūpavatām

In Caitra: rain is scanty; food is dear; there is security; kings are mild; there is increase of treasury and of grain; and affliction for the beautiful.

वैशाखे धर्मरता विगतभयाः प्रमुदिताः प्रजाः सनृपाः । यज्ञक्रियाप्रावृत्तिर्निष्पत्तिः सर्वसस्यानाम्

vaiśākhe dharmaratā vigatabhayāḥ pramuditāḥ prajāḥ sanṛpāḥ | yajñakriyāprāvṛttirniṣpattiḥ sarvasasyānām

In Vaiśākha the people together with their kings are devoted to dharma, free from fear and joyful; sacrificial rites are set going; all crops come to fruition.

ज्यैष्ठे जातिकुलधनश्रेणीश्रेष्ठा नृपाः सधर्मज्ञाः । पीड्यन्ते धान्यानि च हित्वा कङ्गुं शमीजातिम्

jyaiṣṭhe jātikuladhanaśreṇīśreṣṭhā nṛpāḥ sadharmajñāḥ | pīḍyante dhānyāni ca hitvā kaṅguṃ śamījātim

In Jyaiṣṭha the foremost in caste, family, wealth and guild, and kings together with those who know dharma, are afflicted; and the grains too — excepting kaṅgu ⟨millet⟩ and the śamī kinds ⟨the pod-bearing pulses⟩.

आषाढे जायन्ते सस्यानि क्व चिदवृष्टिरन्यत्र । योगक्षेमं मध्यं व्यग्राश्च भवन्ति भूपालाः

āṣāḍhe jāyante sasyāni kva cidavṛṣṭiranyatra | yogakṣemaṃ madhyaṃ vyagrāśca bhavanti bhūpālāḥ

In Āṣāḍha crops spring up in some places and elsewhere there is no rain; welfare (yogakṣema) is middling; and kings are troubled.

श्रावणवर्षे क्षेमं सम्यक्सस्यानि पाकमुपयान्ति । क्षुद्रा ये पाखण्डाः पीड्यन्ते ये च तद्भक्ताः

śrāvaṇavarṣe kṣemaṃ samyaksasyāni pākamupayānti | kṣudrā ye pākhaṇḍāḥ pīḍyante ye ca tadbhaktāḥ

In the Śrāvaṇa year there is security; the crops come duly to ripening; the base heretics (pākhaṇḍa) and those devoted to them are afflicted.

भाद्रपदे वल्लीजं निष्पत्तिं याति पूर्वसस्यं च । न भवत्यपरं सस्यं क्व चित् सुभिक्षं क्वचिच्च भयम्

bhādrapade vallījaṃ niṣpattiṃ yāti pūrvasasyaṃ ca | na bhavatyaparaṃ sasyaṃ kva cit subhikṣaṃ kvacicca bhayam

In Bhādrapada what is born of creepers, and the earlier crop, come to fruition; the later crop does not; in some places there is plenty, and in some, fear.

आश्वयुजेऽब्देऽजस्रं पतति जलं प्रमुदिताः प्रजाः क्षेमम् । प्राणचयः प्राणभृतां सर्वेषामन्नबाहुल्यम्

āśvayuje'bde'jasraṃ patati jalaṃ pramuditāḥ prajāḥ kṣemam | prāṇacayaḥ prāṇabhṛtāṃ sarveṣāmannabāhulyam

In the Āśvayuja year water falls unceasingly; the people are joyful; there is security; there is increase of vital breath for all that breathes, and abundance of food.

उदगारोग्यसुभिक्षक्षेमकरो वाक्पतिश्चरन् भानाम् । याम्ये तद्विपरीतो मध्येन तु मध्यफलदायी

udagārogyasubhikṣakṣemakaro vākpatiścaran bhānām | yāmye tadviparīto madhyena tu madhyaphaladāyī

Vākpati ⟨Jupiter⟩, moving north of the asterisms, brings health, plenty and security; in the southern ⟨course⟩ he is the opposite of that; but through the middle he gives middling results.

विचरन् भद्वयमिष्टस्तत्सार्धं वत्सरेण मध्यफलः । सस्यानां विध्वंसी विचरेदधिकं यदि कदा चित्

vicaran bhadvayamiṣṭastatsārdhaṃ vatsareṇa madhyaphalaḥ | sasyānāṃ vidhvaṃsī vicaredadhikaṃ yadi kadā cit

Moving through two asterisms ⟨in a year⟩ he is desirable; through two and a half in the year, of middling result; but if ever he should traverse more, he is a destroyer of the crops.

अनलभयमनलवर्णे व्याधिः पीते रणागमः श्यामे । हरिते च तस्करेभ्यः पीडा रक्ते तु शस्त्रभयम्

analabhayamanalavarṇe vyādhiḥ pīte raṇāgamaḥ śyāme | harite ca taskarebhyaḥ pīḍā rakte tu śastrabhayam

When ⟨Jupiter is⟩ fire-coloured, fear of fire; when yellow, disease; when dark, the coming of war; when green, affliction from thieves; but when red, fear of weapons.

धूमाभेऽनावृष्टिस्त्रिदशगुरौ नृपवधो दिवा दृष्टे । विपुलेऽमले सुतारे रात्रौ दृष्टे प्रजाः स्वस्थाः

dhūmābhe'nāvṛṣṭistridaśagurau nṛpavadho divā dṛṣṭe | vipule'male sutāre rātrau dṛṣṭe prajāḥ svasthāḥ

When the preceptor of the thirty ⟨gods — Jupiter⟩ is smoke-hued, drought; when he is seen by day, the killing of a king; when he is large, spotless and of fair orb and is seen at night, the people are in good health.

रोहिण्योऽनलभं च वत्सरतनुर्नाभिस्त्वषाढद्वयं सार्पं हृत्पितृदैवतं च कुसुमं शुद्धैः शुभं तैः फलम् । देहे क्रूरनिपीडितेऽग्न्यनिलजं नाभ्यां भयं क्षुत्कृतं पुष्पे मूलफलक्षयोऽथ हृदये सस्यस्य नाशो ध्रुवम्

rohiṇyo'nalabhaṃ ca vatsaratanurnābhistvaṣāḍhadvayaṃ sārpaṃ hṛtpitṛdaivataṃ ca kusumaṃ śuddhaiḥ śubhaṃ taiḥ phalam | dehe krūranipīḍite'gnyanilajaṃ nābhyāṃ bhayaṃ kṣutkṛtaṃ puṣpe mūlaphalakṣayo'tha hṛdaye sasyasya nāśo dhruvam

Rohiṇī and the fire-asterism ⟨Kṛttikā⟩ are the body of the year; the two Āṣāḍhās, its navel; the serpent's ⟨Āśleṣā⟩, its heart; and the one whose deity is the ancestors ⟨Maghā⟩, its flower. When these are unblemished, the fruit ⟨of the year⟩ is auspicious by them. When the body is oppressed by malefics, ⟨there is danger⟩ born of fire and wind; at the navel, fear caused by hunger; at the flower, loss of roots and fruits; and at the heart, the destruction of the crop is certain.

गतानि वर्षाणि शकेन्द्रकालाद् धतानि रुद्रैर्गुणयेच्चतुर्भिः । नवाष्टपञ्चाष्टयुतानि कृत्वा विभाजयेच्शून्यशरागरामैः

gatāni varṣāṇi śakendrakālād dhatāni rudrairguṇayeccaturbhiḥ | navāṣṭapañcāṣṭayutāni kṛtvā vibhājayecśūnyaśarāgarāmaiḥ

The years elapsed from the era of the Śaka lord, multiplied by the Rudras ⟨11⟩, one should ⟨further⟩ multiply by four; having made them joined with nine-eight-five-eight ⟨8589⟩, one should divide by void-arrows-mountains-Rāmas ⟨3750⟩.

लब्धेन युक्तं शकभूपकालं संशोध्य षष्ट्या विषयैर्विभज्य । युगानि नारायणपूर्वकाणि लब्धानि शेषाः क्रमशः समाः स्युः

labdhena yuktaṃ śakabhūpakālaṃ saṃśodhya ṣaṣṭyā viṣayairvibhajya | yugāni nārāyaṇapūrvakāṇi labdhāni śeṣāḥ kramaśaḥ samāḥ syuḥ

The Śaka king's era joined with the quotient should be cleared by sixty, and ⟨the remainder⟩ divided by the viṣayas ⟨5⟩: what is obtained are the yugas beginning with Nārāyaṇa's, and the remainders, in order, are the years.

एकैकमब्देषु नवाहतेषु दत्त्वा पृथग्द्वादशकं क्रमेण । हृत्वा चतुर्भिर्वसुदेवताद्यान्युडूनि शेषांशकपूर्वमब्दम्

ekaikamabdeṣu navāhateṣu dattvā pṛthagdvādaśakaṃ krameṇa | hṛtvā caturbhirvasudevatādyānyuḍūni śeṣāṃśakapūrvamabdam

The ⟨elapsed⟩ years being multiplied by nine, and one being added separately for each twelve in order, divide by four: ⟨the quotient counts⟩ the asterisms beginning with the one whose deity is the Vasus ⟨Dhaniṣṭhā⟩, and the remainder is the quarter (aṃśaka) with which the year begins.

विष्णुः सुरेज्यो बलभिद्धुताशस्त्वष्टोत्तरप्रोष्ठपदाधिपश्च । क्रमाद्युगेशाः पितृविश्वसोम शक्रानलाख्याश्विभगाः प्रदिष्टाः

viṣṇuḥ surejyo balabhiddhutāśastvaṣṭottaraproṣṭhapadādhipaśca | kramādyugeśāḥ pitṛviśvasoma śakrānalākhyāśvibhagāḥ pradiṣṭāḥ

Viṣṇu, Surejya ⟨Bṛhaspati⟩, Balabhid ⟨Indra⟩, Hutāśa ⟨Agni⟩, Tvaṣṭṛ, and the lord of Uttara-Proṣṭhapadā ⟨Ahir Budhnya⟩; and then, in order, those named Pitṛ, Viśva ⟨the Viśvedevas⟩, Soma, Śakrānala ⟨Indrāgnī⟩, the Aśvins and Bhaga — these are declared the lords of the yugas.

संवत्सरोऽग्निः परिवत्सरोऽर्क इदादिकः शीतमयूखमाली । प्रजापतिश्चाप्यनुवत्सरः स्यादिद्वत्सरः शैलसुतापतिश्च

saṃvatsaro'gniḥ parivatsaro'rka idādikaḥ śītamayūkhamālī | prajāpatiścāpyanuvatsaraḥ syādidvatsaraḥ śailasutāpatiśca

Saṃvatsara ⟨has⟩ Agni; Parivatsara, Arka ⟨the Sun⟩; the one beginning with Idā ⟨Idāvatsara⟩, he who is garlanded with cool rays ⟨the Moon⟩; Anuvatsara has Prajāpati; and Idvatsara, the husband of the mountain's daughter ⟨Śiva⟩.

वृष्टिः समाद्ये प्रमुखे द्वितीये प्रभूततोया कथिता तृतीये । पश्चाज्जलं मुञ्चति यच्चतुर्थं स्वल्पोदकं पञ्चममब्दमुक्तम्

vṛṣṭiḥ samādye pramukhe dvitīye prabhūtatoyā kathitā tṛtīye | paścājjalaṃ muñcati yaccaturthaṃ svalpodakaṃ pañcamamabdamuktam

In the first year the rain is even; in the second, in the fore-part ⟨of the season⟩; in the third it is said to be of abundant water; the fourth releases its water late; and the fifth year is declared to have scant water.

चत्वारि मुख्यानि युगान्यथैषां विष्ण्विन्द्रजीवानलदैवतानि । चत्वारि मध्यानि च मध्यमानि चत्वारि चान्त्यान्यधमानि विन्द्यात्

catvāri mukhyāni yugānyathaiṣāṃ viṣṇvindrajīvānaladaivatāni | catvāri madhyāni ca madhyamāni catvāri cāntyānyadhamāni vindyāt

Of these, four yugas are chief, having Viṣṇu, Indra, Jīva ⟨Jupiter⟩ and Anala ⟨Agni⟩ for their deities; the four middle ones are middling; and the four last one should know to be lowest.

आद्यं धनिष्टांशमभिप्रपन्नो माघे यदा यात्युदयं सुरेज्यः । षष्ट्यब्दपूर्वः प्रभवः स नाम्ना प्रपद्यते भूतहितस्तदाब्दः

ādyaṃ dhaniṣṭāṃśamabhiprapanno māghe yadā yātyudayaṃ surejyaḥ | ṣaṣṭyabdapūrvaḥ prabhavaḥ sa nāmnā prapadyate bhūtahitastadābdaḥ

When Surejya ⟨Jupiter⟩, having reached the first quarter (aṃśa) of Dhaniṣṭhā, goes to his rising in Māgha, then that year — first of the sixty, Prabhava by name — sets in, ⟨and it is⟩ a benefit to beings.

क्व चित् त्ववृष्टिः पवनाग्निकोपः सन्तीतयः श्लेष्मकृताश्च रोगाः । संवत्सरेऽस्मिन् प्रभवे प्रवृत्ते न दुःखमाप्नोति जनस्तथापि

kva cit tvavṛṣṭiḥ pavanāgnikopaḥ santītayaḥ śleṣmakṛtāśca rogāḥ | saṃvatsare'smin prabhave pravṛtte na duḥkhamāpnoti janastathāpi

In some places there is drought, an outbreak of wind and fire, ⟨crop-⟩plagues (īti), and diseases produced by phlegm; yet when this year Prabhava has set in, people do not come to sorrow.

तस्माद्द्वितीयो विभवः प्रदिष्टः शुक्लस्तृतीयः परतः प्रमोदः । प्रजापतिश्चेति यथोत्तराणि शस्तानि वर्षाणि फलान्यथैषाम्

tasmāddvitīyo vibhavaḥ pradiṣṭaḥ śuklastṛtīyaḥ parataḥ pramodaḥ | prajāpatiśceti yathottarāṇi śastāni varṣāṇi phalānyathaiṣām

After that, the second is declared Vibhava; the third, Śukla; next, Pramoda; and Prajāpati — thus each in succession. ⟨These⟩ years are commended; and now, their results.

निष्पन्नशालीक्षुयवादिसस्यां भयैर्विमुक्तामुपशान्तवैराम् । संहृष्टलोकां कलिदोषमुक्तां क्षत्रं तदा शास्ति च भूतधात्रीम्

niṣpannaśālīkṣuyavādisasyāṃ bhayairvimuktāmupaśāntavairām | saṃhṛṣṭalokāṃ kalidoṣamuktāṃ kṣatraṃ tadā śāsti ca bhūtadhātrīm

Then the kṣatra ⟨the ruling order⟩ governs the sustainer of beings ⟨the earth⟩ — her crops of rice, sugarcane, barley and the rest brought to fruition, released from fears, her enmities quieted, her people rejoicing, and freed from the taint of the Kali ⟨age⟩.

आद्योऽङ्गिराः श्रीमुखभावसाह्वौ युवा सुधातेति युगे द्वितीये । वर्षाणि पञ्चैव यथाक्रमेण त्रीण्यत्र शस्तानि समे परे द्वे

ādyo'ṅgirāḥ śrīmukhabhāvasāhvau yuvā sudhāteti yuge dvitīye | varṣāṇi pañcaiva yathākrameṇa trīṇyatra śastāni same pare dve

In the second yuga the first is Aṅgiras; then the two named Śrīmukha and Bhāva; ⟨then⟩ Yuvan; and Sudhātā — so ⟨they run⟩. ⟨These are⟩ the five years in their due order. Of them three here are commended; the two that come after are middling.

त्रिष्वाद्यवर्षेषु निकामवर्षी देवो निरातङ्कभयश् च लोकः । अब्दद्वयेऽन्त्येऽपि समा सुवृष्टिः किन्त्वत्र रोगाः समरागमश्च

triṣvādyavarṣeṣu nikāmavarṣī devo nirātaṅkabhayaś ca lokaḥ | abdadvaye'ntye'pi samā suvṛṣṭiḥ kintvatra rogāḥ samarāgamaśca

In the first three years the god ⟨Indra⟩ rains to ⟨men's⟩ desire, and the people are free of terror and fear. In the last pair of years also the good rain is middling; but here ⟨come⟩ diseases and the onset of war.

शाक्रे युगे पूर्वमथेश्वराख्यं वर्षं द्वितीयं बहुधान्यमाहुः । प्रमाथिनं विक्रममप्यथान्यद् वृषं च विन्द्याद्गुरुचारयोगात्

śākre yuge pūrvamatheśvarākhyaṃ varṣaṃ dvitīyaṃ bahudhānyamāhuḥ | pramāthinaṃ vikramamapyathānyad vṛṣaṃ ca vindyādgurucārayogāt

In the Śakra ⟨Indra⟩ yuga the first is the year named Īśvara; the second, they say, is Bahudhānya. Then Pramāthin, and Vikrama, and after that another, Vṛṣa — ⟨these⟩ one should determine from the reckoning of Jupiter's course.

आद्यं द्वितीयं च शुभे तु वर्षे कृतानुकारं कुरुतः प्रजानाम् । पापः प्रमाथी वृषविक्रमौ तु सुभिक्षदौ रोगभयप्रदौ च

ādyaṃ dvitīyaṃ ca śubhe tu varṣe kṛtānukāraṃ kurutaḥ prajānām | pāpaḥ pramāthī vṛṣavikramau tu subhikṣadau rogabhayapradau ca

The first and the second are auspicious years: for the people they make ⟨a time⟩ that imitates the Kṛta age. Pramāthin is malefic (pāpa); but Vṛṣa and Vikrama give plenty of food, and they also give disease and danger.

श्रेष्ठं चतुर्थस्य युगस्य पूर्वं यच्चित्रभानुं कथयन्ति वर्षम् । मध्यं द्वितीयं तु सुभानुसंज्ञं रोगप्रदं मृत्युकरं न तं च

śreṣṭhaṃ caturthasya yugasya pūrvaṃ yaccitrabhānuṃ kathayanti varṣam | madhyaṃ dvitīyaṃ tu subhānusaṃjñaṃ rogapradaṃ mṛtyukaraṃ na taṃ ca

The first of the fourth yuga is the best — the year they call Citrabhānu. The second, named Subhānu, is middling: it gives disease, ⟨but⟩ not death.

तारणं तदनु भूरिवारिदं सस्यवृद्धिमुदिताति पार्थिवम् । पञ्चमं व्ययमुशन्ति शोभनं मन्मथप्रबलमुत्सवाकुलम्

tāraṇaṃ tadanu bhūrivāridaṃ sasyavṛddhimuditāti pārthivam | pañcamaṃ vyayamuśanti śobhanaṃ manmathaprabalamutsavākulam

After that Tāraṇa, which gives abundant water; and Pārthiva, gladdened by the increase of crops. The fifth, Vyaya, they hold to be fine — strong in love (manmatha) and thronged with festivals.

त्वाष्ट्रे युगे सर्वजिदाद्य उक्तः संवत्सरोऽन्यः खलु सर्वधारी । तस्माद्विरोधी विकृतः खरश्च शस्तो द्वितीयोऽत्र भयाय शेषाः

tvāṣṭre yuge sarvajidādya uktaḥ saṃvatsaro'nyaḥ khalu sarvadhārī | tasmādvirodhī vikṛtaḥ kharaśca śasto dvitīyo'tra bhayāya śeṣāḥ

In the Tvāṣṭra yuga Sarvajit is said to be the first; the next year, indeed, is Sarvadhārin. After it Virodhin, Vikṛta and Khara. Here the second is commended; the rest ⟨make⟩ for danger.

नन्दनोऽथ विजयो जयस्तथा मन्मथोऽस्य परतश्च दुर्मुखः । कान्तमत्र युग आदितस्त्रयं मन्मथः समफलोऽधमोऽपरः

nandano'tha vijayo jayastathā manmatho'sya parataśca durmukhaḥ | kāntamatra yuga āditastrayaṃ manmathaḥ samaphalo'dhamo'paraḥ

Nandana, then Vijaya, and Jaya likewise; Manmatha, and beyond him Durmukha. In this yuga the first three are agreeable; Manmatha is of middling fruit; the last is the worst.

हेमलम्ब इति सप्तमे युगे स्याद्विलम्बि परतो विकारि च । शर्वरीति तदनु प्लवः स्मृतो वत्सरो गुरुवशेन पञ्चमः

hemalamba iti saptame yuge syādvilambi parato vikāri ca | śarvarīti tadanu plavaḥ smṛto vatsaro guruvaśena pañcamaḥ

In the seventh yuga ⟨the first⟩ would be Hemalamba; after it Vilambin, and Vikārin. Then Śarvarī; and Plava is recorded as the fifth year — ⟨all⟩ by the sway of Jupiter.

ईतिप्राया प्रचुरपवना वृष्टिरब्दे तु पूर्वे मन्दं सस्यं न बहुसलिलं वत्सरेऽतो द्वितीये । अत्युद्वेगः प्रचुरसलिलः स्यात् तृतीयश्चतुर्थो दुर्भिक्षाय प्लव इति ततः शोभनो भूरितोयः

ītiprāyā pracurapavanā vṛṣṭirabde tu pūrve mandaṃ sasyaṃ na bahusalilaṃ vatsare'to dvitīye | atyudvegaḥ pracurasalilaḥ syāt tṛtīyaścaturtho durbhikṣāya plava iti tataḥ śobhano bhūritoyaḥ

In the first year the rain is mostly ītis ⟨the calamities that ruin crops⟩ and attended by abundant wind. In the second year after it the crop is scant and the water not plentiful. The third would be one of great alarm ⟨yet⟩ with abundant water; the fourth ⟨makes⟩ for famine. Then Plava is fine, with much water.

वैश्वे युगे शोकहृद् इत्यथाद्यः संवत्सरोऽतः शुभकृद्द्वितीयः । क्रोधी तृतीयः परतः क्रमेण विश्वावसुश्चेति पराभवश्च

vaiśve yuge śokahṛd ityathādyaḥ saṃvatsaro'taḥ śubhakṛddvitīyaḥ | krodhī tṛtīyaḥ parataḥ krameṇa viśvāvasuśceti parābhavaśca

In the Vaiśva yuga the first year is the one called Śokahṛt; from it the second is Śubhakṛt; the third is Krodhin; and thereafter, in order, Viśvāvasu and Parābhava.

पूर्वापरौ प्रीतिकरौ प्रजानामेषां तृतीयो बहुदोषदोऽब्दः । अन्त्यौ समौ किन्तु पराभवेऽग्निः शस्त्रामयार्तिर्द्विजगोभयं च

pūrvāparau prītikarau prajānāmeṣāṃ tṛtīyo bahudoṣado'bdaḥ | antyau samau kintu parābhave'gniḥ śastrāmayārtirdvijagobhayaṃ ca

The first two of these give delight to the people; the third of them is a year that yields many ills. The last two are middling; but in Parābhava ⟨there is⟩ fire, the affliction of weapon and disease, and danger to the twice-born and to cattle.

आद्यः प्लवङ्गो नवमे युगेऽब्दः स्यात् कीलकोऽन्यः परतश्च सौम्यः । साधारणो रोधकृदित्यथैवं शुभप्रदौ कीलकसौम्यसंज्ञौ

ādyaḥ plavaṅgo navame yuge'bdaḥ syāt kīlako'nyaḥ parataśca saumyaḥ | sādhāraṇo rodhakṛdityathaivaṃ śubhapradau kīlakasaumyasaṃjñau

In the ninth yuga the first year is Plavaṅga; the next is Kīlaka, and after it Saumya; ⟨then⟩ Sādhāraṇa and Rodhakṛt — so ⟨they run⟩. Of these, the two named Kīlaka and Saumya are givers of auspicious ⟨results⟩.

कष्टः प्लवङ्गो बहुशः प्रजानां साधारणेऽल्पं जलमीतयश्च । यः पञ्चमो रोधकृदित्यथाब्दश्चित्रं जलं तत्र च सस्यसम्पत्

kaṣṭaḥ plavaṅgo bahuśaḥ prajānāṃ sādhāraṇe'lpaṃ jalamītayaśca | yaḥ pañcamo rodhakṛdityathābdaścitraṃ jalaṃ tatra ca sasyasampat

Plavaṅga is in many ways grievous to the people. In Sādhāraṇa the water is scant, and ⟨there are⟩ ītis. The fifth year, which is called Rodhakṛt — in it the water is varied, and there is wealth of crops.

इन्द्राग्निदैवं दशमं युगं यत् तत्राद्यवर्षं परिधाविसंज्ञम् । प्रमादिनं विक्रममप्यतोऽन्यत् स्याद्राक्षसं चानलसंज्ञितं च

indrāgnidaivaṃ daśamaṃ yugaṃ yat tatrādyavarṣaṃ paridhāvisaṃjñam | pramādinaṃ vikramamapyato'nyat syādrākṣasaṃ cānalasaṃjñitaṃ ca

The tenth yuga, whose deity is Indrāgni — there the first year is the one named Paridhāvin; ⟨then⟩ Pramādin, and Vikrama; and after this the other would be Rākṣasa, and the one named Anala.

परिधाविनि मध्यदेशनाशो नृपहानिर्जलमल्पमग्निकोपः । अलसस्तु जनः प्रमादिसंज्ञे डमरं रक्तकपुष्पबीजनाशः

paridhāvini madhyadeśanāśo nṛpahānirjalamalpamagnikopaḥ | alasastu janaḥ pramādisaṃjñe ḍamaraṃ raktakapuṣpabījanāśaḥ

In Paridhāvin: ruin of the Middle Country, loss of kings, scant water, the wrath of fire. In the year named Pramādin the people are sluggish; ⟨there is⟩ tumult (ḍamara), and destruction of red flowers and of seed.

विक्रमः सकललोकनन्दनो राक्षसः क्षयकरोऽनलस्तथा । ग्रीष्मधान्यजननोऽत्र राक्षसो वह्निकोपमरकप्रदोऽनलः

vikramaḥ sakalalokanandano rākṣasaḥ kṣayakaro'nalastathā | grīṣmadhānyajanano'tra rākṣaso vahnikopamarakaprado'nalaḥ

Vikrama delights the whole world; Rākṣasa causes destruction, and Anala likewise. Here Rākṣasa produces the summer grain; Anala gives the wrath of fire and pestilence.

एकादशे पिङ्गलकालयुक्तसिद्धार्थरौद्राः खलु दुर्मतिश्च । आद्ये तु वृष्टिर्महती सचौरा श्वासो हनूकम्पयुतश्च कासः

ekādaśe piṅgalakālayuktasiddhārtharaudrāḥ khalu durmatiśca | ādye tu vṛṣṭirmahatī sacaurā śvāso hanūkampayutaśca kāsaḥ

In the eleventh ⟨yuga come⟩ Piṅgala, Kālayukta, Siddhārtha, Raudra, and Durmati. In the first ⟨there is⟩ heavy rain attended by robbers, ⟨and⟩ asthma, and cough joined with trembling of the jaw.

यत् कालयुक्तं तदनेकदोषं सिद्धार्थसंज्ञे बहवो गुणाश्च । रौद्रोऽतिरौद्रः क्षयकृत् प्रदिष्टो यो दुर्मतिर्मध्यमवृष्टिकृत् सः

yat kālayuktaṃ tadanekadoṣaṃ siddhārthasaṃjñe bahavo guṇāśca | raudro'tiraudraḥ kṣayakṛt pradiṣṭo yo durmatirmadhyamavṛṣṭikṛt saḥ

The year that is Kālayukta has many defects; in the one named Siddhārtha there are many merits. Raudra is exceedingly fierce, declared to cause ruin; and the one that is Durmati makes middling rain.

भाग्ये युगे दुन्दुभिसंज्ञमाद्यं सस्यस्य वृद्धिं महतीं करोति । अङ्गारसंज्ञं तदनु क्षयाय नरेश्वराणां विषमा च वृष्टिः

bhāgye yuge dundubhisaṃjñamādyaṃ sasyasya vṛddhiṃ mahatīṃ karoti | aṅgārasaṃjñaṃ tadanu kṣayāya nareśvarāṇāṃ viṣamā ca vṛṣṭiḥ

In the Bhāgya yuga the first, named Dundubhi, works a great increase of crops. After it the one named Aṅgāra ⟨makes⟩ for the destruction of the lords of men, and the rain is uneven.

रक्ताक्षमब्दं कथितं तृतीयं तस्मिन् भयं दंष्ट्रिकृतं गदाश्च । क्रोधं बहुक्रोधकरं चतुर्थं राष्ट्राणि शून्यीकुरुते विरोधैः

raktākṣamabdaṃ kathitaṃ tṛtīyaṃ tasmin bhayaṃ daṃṣṭrikṛtaṃ gadāśca | krodhaṃ bahukrodhakaraṃ caturthaṃ rāṣṭrāṇi śūnyīkurute virodhaiḥ

The third year is declared to be Raktākṣa; in it ⟨there is⟩ danger wrought by fanged beasts, and diseases. The fourth, Krodha, breeds much anger; it empties the kingdoms with strife.

क्षयमिति युगस्यान्त्यस्यान्त्यं बहुक्षयकारकं जनयति भयं तद्विप्राणां कृषीबलवृद्धिदम् । उपचयकरं विट्शूद्राणां परस्वहृतां तथा कथितमखिलं षष्ट्यब्दे यत् तदत्र समासतः

kṣayamiti yugasyāntyasyāntyaṃ bahukṣayakārakaṃ janayati bhayaṃ tadviprāṇāṃ kṛṣībalavṛddhidam | upacayakaraṃ viṭśūdrāṇāṃ parasvahṛtāṃ tathā kathitamakhilaṃ ṣaṣṭyabde yat tadatra samāsataḥ

Kṣaya, the last ⟨year⟩ of the last yuga, working much destruction, breeds fear for the brahmins ⟨while⟩ giving increase to husbandmen; it brings gain to Vaiśyas and Śūdras, and likewise to those who carry off what belongs to others. Whatever belongs to the sixty-year ⟨cycle⟩, all of it has here been told in brief.

अकलुषांशुजटिलः पृथुमूर्तिः कुमुदकुन्दकुसुमस्फटिकाभः । ग्रहहतो न यदि सत्पथवर्ती हितकरो ऽमरगुरुर्मनुजानाम्

akaluṣāṃśujaṭilaḥ pṛthumūrtiḥ kumudakundakusumasphaṭikābhaḥ | grahahato na yadi satpathavartī hitakaro 'maragururmanujānām

Bristling with unsullied rays, of broad orb, with the sheen of the kumuda and kunda blossoms and of crystal — if he is not struck by ⟨other⟩ grahas and keeps to the true path, the preceptor of the immortals ⟨Jupiter⟩ is a doer of good to men.

नागगजैरावतवृषभगोजरद्गवमृगाजदहनाख्याः । अश्विन्याद्याः कैश्चित् त्रिभाः क्रमाद्वीथयः कथिताः

nāgagajairāvatavṛṣabhagojaradgavamṛgājadahanākhyāḥ | aśvinyādyāḥ kaiścit tribhāḥ kramādvīthayaḥ kathitāḥ

The paths (vīthī) named Nāga, Gaja, Airāvata, Vṛṣabha, Go, Jaradgava, Mṛga, Aja and Dahana are declared by some to be the triads of asterisms, in order, beginning with Aśvinī.

नागा तु पवनयाम्यानलानि पैतामहात् त्रिभास्तिस्रः । गोवीथ्यामश्विन्यः पौष्णं द्वे चापि भद्रपदे

nāgā tu pavanayāmyānalāni paitāmahāt tribhāstisraḥ | govīthyāmaśvinyaḥ pauṣṇaṃ dve cāpi bhadrapade

Nāgā, however, ⟨holds⟩ ⟨the asterisms of⟩ Pavana ⟨Svāti⟩, Yāmya ⟨Bharaṇī⟩ and Anala ⟨Kṛttikā⟩; from Paitāmaha ⟨Rohiṇī⟩ ⟨onward run⟩ three triads of asterisms ⟨as the next three paths⟩. In Govīthī ⟨are⟩ Aśvinī, Pauṣṇa ⟨Revatī⟩, and also the two Bhadrapadās.

जारद्गव्यां श्रवणात् त्रिभं मृगाख्या त्रिभं तु मैत्राद्यम् । हस्तविशाखात्वाष्ट्राण्यजेत्यषाढाद्वयं दहना

jāradgavyāṃ śravaṇāt tribhaṃ mṛgākhyā tribhaṃ tu maitrādyam | hastaviśākhātvāṣṭrāṇyajetyaṣāḍhādvayaṃ dahanā

In Jāradgavī, the triad ⟨beginning⟩ from Śravaṇa; the one called Mṛgā is the triad beginning with Maitra ⟨Anurādhā⟩; Hasta, Viśākhā and Tvāṣṭra ⟨Citrā⟩ — that is Ajā; the two Āṣāḍhās are Dahanā.

तिस्रस्तिस्रस्तासां क्रमादुदङ्मध्ययाम्यमार्गस्थाः । तासामप्युत्तरमध्यदक्षिणेन स्थितैकैका

tisrastisrastāsāṃ kramādudaṅmadhyayāmyamārgasthāḥ | tāsāmapyuttaramadhyadakṣiṇena sthitaikaikā

Three by three of these ⟨nine⟩, in order, lie in the northern, the middle and the southern path (mārga); and within those ⟨triads⟩ too, each single one stands by north, middle and south ⟨in turn⟩.

वीथीमार्गान् अपरे कथयन्ति यथास्थितान् भमार्गस्य । नक्षत्राणां तारा याम्योत्तरमध्यमास्तद्वत्

vīthīmārgān apare kathayanti yathāsthitān bhamārgasya | nakṣatrāṇāṃ tārā yāmyottaramadhyamāstadvat

Others declare the vīthī-paths ⟨to be⟩ just as they actually stand in the path of the asterisms: the stars of the nakṣatras are southern, northern and middle in the same way.

उत्तरमार्गो याम्यादि निगदितो मध्यमस्तु भाग्याद्यः । दक्षिणमार्गोऽषाढादि कैश्चिदेवं कृता मार्गाः

uttaramārgo yāmyādi nigadito madhyamastu bhāgyādyaḥ | dakṣiṇamārgo'ṣāḍhādi kaiścidevaṃ kṛtā mārgāḥ

The northern path is said to begin with Yāmya ⟨Bharaṇī⟩, the middle with Bhāgya ⟨Pūrvaphalgunī⟩, and the southern path with Āṣāḍhā. In this way the paths have been made by some.

ज्यौतिषम् आगमशास्त्रं विप्रतिपत्तौ न योग्यमस्माकम् । स्वयमेव विकल्पयितुं किन्तु बहूनां मतं वक्ष्ये

jyautiṣam āgamaśāstraṃ vipratipattau na yogyamasmākam | svayameva vikalpayituṃ kintu bahūnāṃ mataṃ vakṣye

Jyotiṣa is a received science (āgama-śāstra); where there is disagreement it is not fit for us to decide between ⟨the views⟩ of ourselves — rather, I shall state the opinion of the many.

उत्तरवीथिषु शुक्रः सुभिक्षशिवकृद्गतोऽस्तमुदयं वा । मध्यासु मध्यफलदः कष्टफलो दक्षिणस्थासु

uttaravīthiṣu śukraḥ subhikṣaśivakṛdgato'stamudayaṃ vā | madhyāsu madhyaphaladaḥ kaṣṭaphalo dakṣiṇasthāsu

Venus in the northern vīthīs, gone to setting or to rising, brings abundance of food and well-being; in the middle ones it gives middling fruit; in those situated to the south, painful fruit.

अत्युत्तमोत्तमोनं सममध्यन्यूनमधमकष्टफलम् । कष्टतरं सौम्याद्यासु वीथिषु यथाक्रमं ब्रूयात्

atyuttamottamonaṃ samamadhyanyūnamadhamakaṣṭaphalam | kaṣṭataraṃ saumyādyāsu vīthiṣu yathākramaṃ brūyāt

For the vīthīs beginning with the northern one should declare, in due order, ⟨the fruit as⟩ most excellent, excellent, and less; equal, middling, and deficient; lowest, painful in fruit, and more painful ⟨still⟩.

भरणीपूर्वं मण्डलं ऋक्षचतुष्कं सुभिक्षकरमाद्यम् । वङ्गाङ्गमहिषबाह्लिक कलिङ्गदेशेषु भयजननम्

bharaṇīpūrvaṃ maṇḍalaṃ ṛkṣacatuṣkaṃ subhikṣakaramādyam | vaṅgāṅgamahiṣabāhlika kaliṅgadeśeṣu bhayajananam

The first maṇḍala ⟨circuit⟩ is the tetrad of asterisms beginning with Bharaṇī; it brings abundance of food, ⟨but⟩ generates fear in the lands of Vaṅga, Aṅga, Mahiṣa, Bāhlika and Kaliṅga.

अत्रोदितमारोहेद्ग्रहोऽपरो यदि सितं ततो हन्यात् । भद्राश्वशूरसेनकयौधेयककोटिवर्षनृपान्

atroditamārohedgraho'paro yadi sitaṃ tato hanyāt | bhadrāśvaśūrasenakayaudheyakakoṭivarṣanṛpān

If another graha should mount Venus risen here, it thereupon slays the kings of Bhadrāśva, Śūrasenaka, Yaudheyaka and Koṭivarṣa.

भचतुष्टयमार्द्राद्यं द्वितीयममिताम्बुसस्यसम्पत्त्यै । विप्राणामशुभकरं विशेषतः क्रूरचेष्टानाम्

bhacatuṣṭayamārdrādyaṃ dvitīyamamitāmbusasyasampattyai | viprāṇāmaśubhakaraṃ viśeṣataḥ krūraceṣṭānām

The second is the tetrad of asterisms beginning with Ārdrā: ⟨it makes⟩ for measureless water and abundance of crops, ⟨but⟩ works ill to brāhmaṇas, and especially to those of cruel conduct.

अन्येनात्राक्रान्ते म्लेच्छाटविक श्वजीविगोमन्तान् । गोनर्दनीचशूद्रान् वैदेहांश्चानयः स्पृशति

anyenātrākrānte mlecchāṭavika śvajīvigomantān | gonardanīcaśūdrān vaidehāṃścānayaḥ spṛśati

When ⟨Venus⟩ is overtaken here by another ⟨graha⟩, calamity touches the Mlecchas, the forest-dwellers (Āṭavikas), those who live by dogs, the Gomantas, the Gonardas, the low-born and Śūdras, and the Vaidehas.

विचरन् मघादिपञ्चकमुदितः सस्यप्रणाशकृत्शुक्रः । क्षुत्तस्करभयजननो नीचोन्नतिसङ्करकरश्च

vicaran maghādipañcakamuditaḥ sasyapraṇāśakṛtśukraḥ | kṣuttaskarabhayajanano nīconnatisaṅkarakaraśca

Venus, risen and coursing through the pentad beginning with Maghā, destroys the crops; it generates hunger and fear of thieves, and works the elevation of the low and the confusion ⟨of classes⟩.

पित्र्याद्येऽवष्टब्धो हन्त्यन्येनाविकान् शबरशूद्रान् । पुण्ड्रापरान्त्यशूलिकवनवासिद्रविडसामुद्रान्

pitryādye'vaṣṭabdho hantyanyenāvikān śabaraśūdrān | puṇḍrāparāntyaśūlikavanavāsidraviḍasāmudrān

Overpowered by another ⟨graha⟩ in ⟨the maṇḍala⟩ beginning with Pitrya ⟨Maghā⟩, it destroys sheep, the Śabaras and Śūdras, the Puṇḍras, Aparāntyas, Śūlikas, Vanavāsins, Draviḍas and Sāmudras.

स्वात्याद्यं भत्रितयं मण्डलमेतच्चतुर्थमभयकरम् । ब्रह्मक्षत्रसुभिक्षाभिवृद्धये मित्रभेदाय

svātyādyaṃ bhatritayaṃ maṇḍalametaccaturthamabhayakaram | brahmakṣatrasubhikṣābhivṛddhaye mitrabhedāya

This fourth maṇḍala, the triad of asterisms beginning with Svāti, makes for freedom from fear, for the increase of brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas and food-abundance — ⟨but⟩ for the breaking of friends.

अत्राक्रान्ते मृत्युः किरातभर्तुःपिनष्टि चेक्ष्वाकून् । प्रत्यन्तावन्तिपुलिन्दतङ्गणान् शूरसेनांश्च

atrākrānte mṛtyuḥ kirātabhartuḥpinaṣṭi cekṣvākūn | pratyantāvantipulindataṅgaṇān śūrasenāṃśca

When ⟨Venus⟩ is overtaken here, ⟨there follows⟩ the death of the lord of the Kirātas; and it crushes the Ikṣvākus, the border peoples, the Avantis, Pulindas, Taṅgaṇas and Śūrasenas.

ज्येष्ठाद्यं पञ्चर्क्षं क्षुत्तस्कररोगदं प्रबाधयते । काश्मीराश्मकमत्स्यान् सचारुदेवीन् अवन्तींश्च

jyeṣṭhādyaṃ pañcarkṣaṃ kṣuttaskararogadaṃ prabādhayate | kāśmīrāśmakamatsyān sacārudevīn avantīṃśca

⟨The fifth,⟩ the five asterisms beginning with Jyeṣṭhā, gives hunger, thieves and disease; it grievously afflicts the Kāśmīras, Aśmakas and Matsyas, together with the Cārudevīs, and the Avantis.

अत्रारोहेद्द्रविडाभीराम्बष्ठत्रिगर्तसौराष्ट्रान् । नाशयति सिन्धुसौवीरकांश्च काशीश्वरस्य वधः

atrāroheddraviḍābhīrāmbaṣṭhatrigartasaurāṣṭrān | nāśayati sindhusauvīrakāṃśca kāśīśvarasya vadhaḥ

Should ⟨another graha⟩ mount ⟨Venus⟩ here, it destroys the Draviḍas, Ābhīras, Ambaṣṭhas, Trigartas and Saurāṣṭras, and the Sindhu-Sauvīrakas; and ⟨there is⟩ the slaying of the lord of Kāśī.

षष्ठं षण्नक्षत्रं शुभमेतन् मण्डलं धनिष्ठाद्यम् । भूरिधनगोकुलाकुलमनल्पधान्यं क्व चित् सभयम्

ṣaṣṭhaṃ ṣaṇnakṣatraṃ śubhametan maṇḍalaṃ dhaniṣṭhādyam | bhūridhanagokulākulamanalpadhānyaṃ kva cit sabhayam

This sixth maṇḍala, of six asterisms, beginning with Dhaniṣṭhā, is auspicious: ⟨the land is⟩ thronged with abundant wealth and herds of cattle, and with no small grain — though in some places attended with fear.

अत्रारोहेच् शूलिकगान्धारावन्तयः प्रपीड्यन्ते । वैदेहवधः प्रत्यन्तयवनशकदासपरिवृद्धिः

atrārohec śūlikagāndhārāvantayaḥ prapīḍyante | vaidehavadhaḥ pratyantayavanaśakadāsaparivṛddhiḥ

If ⟨a graha⟩ mounts ⟨Venus⟩ here, the Śūlikas, Gāndhāras and Avantis are grievously afflicted; ⟨there is⟩ the slaying of the Vaidehas, and the increase of the border peoples, the Yavanas, Śakas and Dāsas.

अपरस्यां स्वात्याद्यं ज्येष्ठाद्यं चापि मण्डलं शुभदम् । पित्र्याद्यं पूर्वस्यां शेषाणि यथोक्तफलदानि

aparasyāṃ svātyādyaṃ jyeṣṭhādyaṃ cāpi maṇḍalaṃ śubhadam | pitryādyaṃ pūrvasyāṃ śeṣāṇi yathoktaphaladāni

In the west, the maṇḍala beginning with Svāti and also that beginning with Jyeṣṭhā give auspicious ⟨fruit⟩; in the east, that beginning with Pitrya ⟨Maghā⟩. The rest give the fruits as already stated.

दृष्टोऽनस्तमिते भयकृत् क्षुद्रोगकृत् समस्तमहः । अर्धदिवसे च सेन्दुर्नृपबलपुरभेदकृत्शुक्रः

dṛṣṭo'nastamite bhayakṛt kṣudrogakṛt samastamahaḥ | ardhadivase ca sendurnṛpabalapurabhedakṛtśukraḥ

⟨Venus⟩ seen while ⟨the Sun⟩ has not set causes fear; ⟨seen⟩ the whole day long, it works hunger and disease; and at midday, joined with the Moon, Venus works the breaking of the king, the army and the city.

भिन्दन् गतोऽनलर्क्षं कूलातिक्रान्तवारिवाहाभिः । अव्यक्ततुङ्गनिम्ना समा सरिद्भिर्भवति धात्री

bhindan gato'nalarkṣaṃ kūlātikrāntavārivāhābhiḥ | avyaktatuṅganimnā samā saridbhirbhavati dhātrī

⟨Venus⟩ gone and cleaving the asterism of Anala ⟨Kṛttikā⟩ — the earth becomes level, its heights and hollows no longer distinguishable, by reason of rivers whose water-currents have passed beyond their banks.

प्राजापत्ये शकटे भिन्ने कृत्वेव पातकं वसुधा । केशास्थिशकलशबला कापालमिव व्रतं धत्ते

prājāpatye śakaṭe bhinne kṛtveva pātakaṃ vasudhā | keśāsthiśakalaśabalā kāpālamiva vrataṃ dhatte

When the Cart of Prajāpati ⟨the Rohiṇī-wain⟩ is broken ⟨by Venus⟩, the earth — as if she had committed a mortal sin — dappled with hair and splinters of bone, takes up what is like the skull-bearer's vow.

सौम्योपगतो रससस्यसंक्षयायोशनाः समुद्दिष्टः । आर्द्रागतस्तु कोशलकलिङ्गहा सलिलनिकरकरः

saumyopagato rasasasyasaṃkṣayāyośanāḥ samuddiṣṭaḥ | ārdrāgatastu kośalakaliṅgahā salilanikarakaraḥ

Uśanas ⟨Venus⟩ come to Saumya ⟨Mṛgaśiras⟩ is declared to be for the wasting of saps and crops; but gone to Ārdrā he is a slayer of the Kośalas and Kaliṅgas, and a maker of masses of water.

अश्मकवैदर्भाणां पुनर्वसुस्थे सिते महान् अनयः । पुष्ये पुष्टा वृष्टिर्विद्याधररणविमर्दश्च

aśmakavaidarbhāṇāṃ punarvasusthe site mahān anayaḥ | puṣye puṣṭā vṛṣṭirvidyādhararaṇavimardaśca

When Venus stands in Punarvasu, ⟨there is⟩ great calamity for the Aśmakas and Vaidarbhas. In Puṣya the rain is full, and ⟨there is⟩ the crush of battle among the Vidyādharas.

आश्लेषासु भुजङ्गमदारुणपीडावहश्चरन् शुक्रः । भिन्दन् मघां महामात्रदोषकृद्भूरिवृष्टिकरः

āśleṣāsu bhujaṅgamadāruṇapīḍāvahaścaran śukraḥ | bhindan maghāṃ mahāmātradoṣakṛdbhūrivṛṣṭikaraḥ

Venus, coursing in Āśleṣā, brings dire affliction from serpents; cleaving Maghā, it works harm to the great officers ⟨of state⟩ and makes abundant rain.

भाग्ये शबरपुलिन्दप्रध्वंसकरोऽम्बुनिवहमोक्षाय । आर्यम्णे कुरुजाङ्गलपाञ्चालघ्नः सलिलदायी

bhāgye śabarapulindapradhvaṃsakaro'mbunivahamokṣāya | āryamṇe kurujāṅgalapāñcālaghnaḥ saliladāyī

In Bhāgya ⟨Pūrvaphalgunī⟩ it works the utter ruin of the Śabaras and Pulindas, and ⟨makes⟩ for the release of masses of water. In Āryamṇa ⟨Uttaraphalgunī⟩ it is a slayer of Kurujāṅgala and Pāñcāla, ⟨yet⟩ a giver of water.

कौरवचित्रकराणां हस्ते पीडा जलस्य च निरोधः । कूपकृदण्डजपीडा चित्रास्थे शोभना वृष्टिः

kauravacitrakarāṇāṃ haste pīḍā jalasya ca nirodhaḥ | kūpakṛdaṇḍajapīḍā citrāsthe śobhanā vṛṣṭiḥ

In Hasta, ⟨there is⟩ affliction of the Kauravas and of painters, and a stoppage of water; ⟨it⟩ drives ⟨men⟩ to wells, and ⟨brings⟩ affliction to the egg-born ⟨aṇḍaja, birds⟩. When ⟨Venus⟩ stands in Citrā, the rain is fine.

स्वातौ प्रभूतवृष्टिर्दूतवणिग्नाविकान् स्पृशत्यनयः । ऐन्द्राग्नेऽपि सुवृष्टिर्वणिजां च भयं विजानीयात्

svātau prabhūtavṛṣṭirdūtavaṇignāvikān spṛśatyanayaḥ | aindrāgne'pi suvṛṣṭirvaṇijāṃ ca bhayaṃ vijānīyāt

⟨When Venus stands⟩ in Svātī, abundant rain; calamity touches envoys, merchants and sailors. In Aindrāgna ⟨Viśākhā⟩ too, good rain — and one should know ⟨there is⟩ fear for merchants.

मैत्रे क्षत्रविरोधो ज्येष्ठायां क्षत्रमुख्यसन्तापः । मौलिकभिषजां मूले त्रिष्वपि चैतेष्वनावृष्टिः

maitre kṣatravirodho jyeṣṭhāyāṃ kṣatramukhyasantāpaḥ | maulikabhiṣajāṃ mūle triṣvapi caiteṣvanāvṛṣṭiḥ

In Maitra ⟨Anurādhā⟩, strife among the kṣatriyas; in Jyeṣṭhā, torment of the foremost of the kṣatriyas; in Mūla, ⟨affliction⟩ of root-gatherers and physicians; and in all three of these, drought.

आप्ये सलिलजपीडा विश्वेशे व्याधयः प्रकुप्यन्ति । श्रवणे श्रवणव्याधिः पाखण्डि भयं धनिष्ठासु

āpye salilajapīḍā viśveśe vyādhayaḥ prakupyanti | śravaṇe śravaṇavyādhiḥ pākhaṇḍi bhayaṃ dhaniṣṭhāsu

In Āpya ⟨Pūrvāṣāḍhā⟩, affliction of what is born in the water; in Viśveśa ⟨Uttarāṣāḍhā⟩, diseases break out; in Śravaṇa, disease of the ear; in Dhaniṣṭhā, danger to the pākhaṇḍins ⟨those outside the Vedic fold⟩.

शतभिषजि शौण्डिकानां अजैकभे द्यूतजीविनां पीडां । कुरुपाञ्चालानामपि करोति चास्मिन् सितः सलिलम्

śatabhiṣaji śauṇḍikānāṃ ajaikabhe dyūtajīvināṃ pīḍāṃ | kurupāñcālānāmapi karoti cāsmin sitaḥ salilam

In Śatabhiṣaj, ⟨he afflicts⟩ the distillers; in Ajaikabha ⟨Pūrvabhādrapadā⟩ he causes affliction to those who live by gambling, and to the Kurus and Pāñcālas as well; and in this ⟨asterism⟩ Sita ⟨Venus⟩ makes water.

आहिर्बुध्न्ये फलमूलतापकृद्यायिनां च रेवत्याम् । अश्विन्यां हयपानां याम्ये तु किरातयवनानाम्

āhirbudhnye phalamūlatāpakṛdyāyināṃ ca revatyām | aśvinyāṃ hayapānāṃ yāmye tu kirātayavanānām

In Āhirbudhnya ⟨Uttarabhādrapadā⟩ he is a scorcher of fruits and roots; and in Revatī, ⟨he afflicts⟩ travellers; in Aśvinī, horse-keepers; but in Yāmya ⟨Bharaṇī⟩, the Kirātas and Yavanas.

चतुर्दशीं पञ्चदशीं तथाष्टमीं तमिस्रपक्षस्य तिथिं भृगोः सुतः । यदा व्रजेद्दर्शनमस्तमेति वा तदा मही वारिमयीव लक्ष्यते

caturdaśīṃ pañcadaśīṃ tathāṣṭamīṃ tamisrapakṣasya tithiṃ bhṛgoḥ sutaḥ | yadā vrajeddarśanamastameti vā tadā mahī vārimayīva lakṣyate

When the son of Bhṛgu ⟨Venus⟩ goes to visibility, or goes to setting, on the fourteenth, the fifteenth, or likewise the eighth tithi of the dark fortnight, then the earth is seen as though made of water.

गुरुर्भृगुश्चापरपूर्वकाष्ठयोः परस्परं सप्तमराशिगौ यदा । तदा प्रजा रुग्भयशोकपीडिता न वारि पश्यन्ति पुरन्दरोज्झितम्

gururbhṛguścāparapūrvakāṣṭhayoḥ parasparaṃ saptamarāśigau yadā | tadā prajā rugbhayaśokapīḍitā na vāri paśyanti purandarojjhitam

When Jupiter and Bhṛgu ⟨Venus⟩, in the western and the eastern quarters, are in the seventh rāśi from each other, then the people, afflicted by disease, fear and grief, do not see the water let loose by Purandara ⟨Indra⟩.

यदा स्थिता जीवबुधारसूर्यजाः सितस्य सर्वेऽग्रपथानुवर्तिनः । नृनागविद्याधरसङ्गरास्तदा भवन्ति वाताश्च समुच्छ्रितान्तकाः

yadā sthitā jīvabudhārasūryajāḥ sitasya sarve'grapathānuvartinaḥ | nṛnāgavidyādharasaṅgarāstadā bhavanti vātāśca samucchritāntakāḥ

When Jīva ⟨Jupiter⟩, Budha ⟨Mercury⟩, Āra ⟨Mars⟩ and the Sun's son ⟨Saturn⟩ all stand following the path ahead of Sita ⟨Venus⟩, then there are battles of men, nāgas and vidyādharas, and winds arise whose deadliness is raised to its height.

न मित्रभावे सुहृदो व्यवस्थिताः क्रियासु सम्यग्न रता द्विजातयः । न चाल्पमप्यम्बु ददाति वासवो भिनत्ति वज्रेण शिरांसि भूभृताम्

na mitrabhāve suhṛdo vyavasthitāḥ kriyāsu samyagna ratā dvijātayaḥ | na cālpamapyambu dadāti vāsavo bhinatti vajreṇa śirāṃsi bhūbhṛtām

Friends do not stand firm in friendship; the twice-born are not rightly devoted to their rites; Vāsava ⟨Indra⟩ gives not even a little water, ⟨and⟩ with his thunderbolt he splits the heads of the mountains.

शनैश्चरे म्लेच्छविडालकुञ्जराः खरा महिष्योऽसितधान्यशूकराः । पुलिन्दशूद्राश्च सदक्षिणापथाः क्षयं व्रजन्त्यक्षिमरुद्गदोद्भवैः

śanaiścare mlecchaviḍālakuñjarāḥ kharā mahiṣyo'sitadhānyaśūkarāḥ | pulindaśūdrāśca sadakṣiṇāpathāḥ kṣayaṃ vrajantyakṣimarudgadodbhavaiḥ

When Śanaiścara ⟨Saturn is so placed⟩, mlecchas, cats, elephants, asses, buffaloes, black grain and hogs, and the Pulindas and śūdras together with the southern region, go to destruction through outbreaks of disease of the eye and of wind.

निहन्ति शुक्रः क्षितिजेऽग्रतः प्रजां हुताशशस्त्रक्षुदवृष्टितस्करैः । चराचरं व्यक्तमथोत्तरापथं दिशोऽग्निविद्युद्रजसा च पीडयेत्

nihanti śukraḥ kṣitije'grataḥ prajāṃ hutāśaśastrakṣudavṛṣṭitaskaraiḥ | carācaraṃ vyaktamathottarāpathaṃ diśo'gnividyudrajasā ca pīḍayet

With Kṣitija ⟨Mars⟩ in front, Śukra destroys the people by fire, weapons, hunger, drought and thieves; ⟨he strikes⟩ manifestly all that moves and all that does not move, and then the northern region; and he would afflict the quarters with fire, lightning and dust.

बृहस्पतौ हन्ति पुरःस्थिते सितः सितं समस्तं द्विजगोसुरालयान् । दिशं च पूर्वां करकासृजोऽम्बुदा गले गदा भूरि भवेच्च शारदम्

bṛhaspatau hanti puraḥsthite sitaḥ sitaṃ samastaṃ dvijagosurālayān | diśaṃ ca pūrvāṃ karakāsṛjo'mbudā gale gadā bhūri bhavecca śāradam

When Bṛhaspati stands in front, Sita ⟨Venus⟩ destroys everything white, the twice-born, cattle and the abodes of the gods, and the eastern quarter; the clouds discharge hail; there are diseases in the throat; and the autumn ⟨crop⟩ will be abundant.

सौम्योऽस्तोदयोः पुरो भृगुसुतस्यावस्थितस्तोयकृद् रोगान् पित्तजकामलांश् च कुरुते पुष्णाति च ग्रैष्मिकान् । हन्यात् प्रव्रजिताग्निहोत्रिकभिषग्रङ्गोपजीव्यान् हयान् वैश्यान् गाः सह वाहनैर्नरपतीन् पीतानि पश्चाद्दिशम्

saumyo'stodayoḥ puro bhṛgusutasyāvasthitastoyakṛd rogān pittajakāmalāṃś ca kurute puṣṇāti ca graiṣmikān | hanyāt pravrajitāgnihotrikabhiṣagraṅgopajīvyān hayān vaiśyān gāḥ saha vāhanairnarapatīn pītāni paścāddiśam

Saumya ⟨Mercury⟩, stationed in front of the son of Bhṛgu ⟨Venus⟩ at his setting and at his rising, is a maker of water; he produces diseases born of bile, and jaundice, and he nourishes the summer ⟨crops⟩. He would destroy wandering ascetics, agnihotrins, physicians, those who live by raṅga ⟨the stage — or by dyeing⟩, horses, vaiśyas, cattle together with draught beasts, kings, yellow things, and the western quarter.

शिखिभयमनलाभे शस्त्रकोपश्च रक्ते कनकनिकषगौरे व्याधयो दैत्यपूज्ये । हरितकपिलरूपे श्वासकासप्रकोपः पतति न सलिलं खाद्भस्मरूक्षासिताभे

śikhibhayamanalābhe śastrakopaśca rakte kanakanikaṣagaure vyādhayo daityapūjye | haritakapilarūpe śvāsakāsaprakopaḥ patati na salilaṃ khādbhasmarūkṣāsitābhe

⟨When Venus is⟩ of the appearance of fire, fear from fire; and when red, an outbreak of weapons; when the one honoured by the daityas ⟨Venus himself⟩ is pale as gold on a touchstone, diseases; when green or tawny in form, an outbreak of laboured breathing and cough; when his light is ashen, dry and dark, no water falls from the sky.

दधिकुमुदशशाङ्ककान्तिभृत् स्फुटविकसत्किरणो बृहत्तनुः । सुगतिरविकृतो जयान्वितः कृतयुगरूपकरः सिताह्वयः

dadhikumudaśaśāṅkakāntibhṛt sphuṭavikasatkiraṇo bṛhattanuḥ | sugatiravikṛto jayānvitaḥ kṛtayugarūpakaraḥ sitāhvayaḥ

Bearing the lustre of curds, of the white lotus and of the moon; his rays clearly spreading; large of body; of good motion, undistorted, attended by victory — he who is named Sita ⟨Venus⟩ is a maker of the very form of the Kṛta age.

श्रवणानिलहस्तार्द्राभरणीभाग्योपगः सुतोऽर्कस्य । प्रचुरसलिलोपगूढां करोति धात्रीं यदि स्निग्धः

śravaṇānilahastārdrābharaṇībhāgyopagaḥ suto'rkasya | pracurasalilopagūḍhāṃ karoti dhātrīṃ yadi snigdhaḥ

Saturn, the son of the Sun, coming to Śravaṇa, Svāti ⟨Anila's star⟩, Hasta, Ārdrā, Bharaṇī and Pūrva Phalgunī ⟨Bhaga's star⟩, makes the earth ⟨dhātrī, the nurse⟩ enfolded in abundant water — if he is of glossy lustre ⟨snigdha⟩.

अहिवरुणपुरन्दरदैवतेषु सुक्षेमकृन् न चातिजलम् । क्षुत्शस्त्रावृष्टिकरो मूले प्रत्येकमपि वक्ष्ये

ahivaruṇapurandaradaivateṣu sukṣemakṛn na cātijalam | kṣutśastrāvṛṣṭikaro mūle pratyekamapi vakṣye

In those ⟨asterisms⟩ whose deities are Ahi ⟨the Serpent — Āśleṣā⟩, Varuṇa ⟨Śatabhiṣā⟩ and Purandara ⟨Indra — Jyeṣṭhā⟩, he works good security, and there is no excess of water either. In Mūla he brings famine, the sword and drought. I shall now declare ⟨the effects⟩ for each one singly as well.

तुरगतुरगोपचारककविवैद्यामात्यहार्कजोऽश्विगतः । याम्ये नर्तकवादकगेयज्ञक्षुद्रनैकृतिकान्

turagaturagopacārakakavivaidyāmātyahārkajo'śvigataḥ | yāmye nartakavādakageyajñakṣudranaikṛtikān

The son of the Sun, gone to Aśvinī, is the slayer of horses, horse-grooms, poets, physicians and ministers; in Yama's star ⟨Bharaṇī⟩, ⟨he smites⟩ dancers, instrumentalists, singers, the base and cheats ⟨naikṛtika⟩.

बहुलास्थे पीड्यन्ते सौरेऽग्न्युपजीविनश्चमूपाश्च । रोहिण्यां कोशलमद्रकाशिपञ्चालशाकटिकाः

bahulāsthe pīḍyante saure'gnyupajīvinaścamūpāśca | rohiṇyāṃ kośalamadrakāśipañcālaśākaṭikāḥ

When Saturn stands in Bahulā ⟨Kṛttikā⟩, those who live by fire and commanders of armies are afflicted; in Rohiṇī, the Kosalas, Madras, Kāśis, Pañcālas and carters ⟨śākaṭika⟩.

मृगशिरसि वत्सयाजकयजमानार्यजनमध्यदेशाश्च । रौद्रस्थे पारतरमठास्तैलिकरजक चौराश्च

mṛgaśirasi vatsayājakayajamānāryajanamadhyadeśāśca | raudrasthe pārataramaṭhāstailikarajaka caurāśca

In Mṛgaśiras, the Vatsas, sacrificing priests ⟨yājaka⟩, sacrificers ⟨yajamāna⟩, Ārya folk and the men of the Middle Country; when he stands in Raudra ⟨Ārdrā, Rudra's star⟩, the Pāratas, Ramaṭhas, oil-millers, washermen and thieves.

आदित्ये पाञ्चनदप्रत्यन्तसुराष्ट्रसिन्धुसौवीराः । पुष्ये घाण्ठिकघौषिकयवनवणिक्कितवकुसुमानि

āditye pāñcanadapratyantasurāṣṭrasindhusauvīrāḥ | puṣye ghāṇṭhikaghauṣikayavanavaṇikkitavakusumāni

In Āditi's star ⟨Punarvasu⟩, the people of the Five Rivers ⟨Pāñcanada⟩, the frontier tribes ⟨pratyanta⟩, Surāṣṭra, Sindhu and Sauvīra; in Puṣya, ghāṇṭhikas ⟨bell-men⟩, ghauṣikas ⟨men of the cattle-stations⟩, Yavanas, merchants, gamblers and flowers.

सार्पे जलरुहसर्पाः पित्र्ये बाह्लीकचीनगान्धाराः । शूलिकपारतवैश्याः कोष्ठागाराणि वणिजश्च

sārpe jalaruhasarpāḥ pitrye bāhlīkacīnagāndhārāḥ | śūlikapāratavaiśyāḥ koṣṭhāgārāṇi vaṇijaśca

In the Serpent's star ⟨Āśleṣā⟩, the water-born ⟨lotuses⟩ and serpents; in the Fathers' star ⟨Maghā⟩, the Bāhlīkas, Chinese and Gāndhāras, the Śūlikas, Pāratas and vaiśyas, granaries and traders.

भाग्ये रसविक्रयिणः पण्यस्त्रीकन्यकामहाराष्ट्राः । आर्यम्णे नृपगुडलवणभिक्षुकाम्बूनि तक्षशिला

bhāgye rasavikrayiṇaḥ paṇyastrīkanyakāmahārāṣṭrāḥ | āryamṇe nṛpaguḍalavaṇabhikṣukāmbūni takṣaśilā

In Bhaga's star ⟨Pūrva Phalgunī⟩, sellers of liquids, women who are merchandise ⟨harlots⟩, maidens and the Mahārāṣṭras; in Aryaman's star ⟨Uttara Phalgunī⟩, kings, jaggery, salt, mendicants, waters, and Takṣaśilā.

हस्ते नापितचाक्रिकचौरभिषक्सूचिका द्विपग्राहाः । बन्धक्यः कौशलका मालाकाराश्च पीड्यन्ते

haste nāpitacākrikacaurabhiṣaksūcikā dvipagrāhāḥ | bandhakyaḥ kauśalakā mālākārāśca pīḍyante

In Hasta, barbers, wheelwrights ⟨cākrika⟩, thieves, physicians, tailors, elephant-catchers, harlots ⟨bandhakī⟩, the Kauśalakas and garland-makers are afflicted.

चित्रास्थे प्रमदाजनलेखकचित्रज्ञचित्रभाण्डानि । स्वातौ मागधचरदूतसूतपोतप्लवनटाद्याः

citrāsthe pramadājanalekhakacitrajñacitrabhāṇḍāni | svātau māgadhacaradūtasūtapotaplavanaṭādyāḥ

When he stands in Citrā, women-folk, scribes, painters ⟨citrajña⟩ and variegated wares ⟨citra-bhāṇḍa⟩; in Svāti, the Māgadhas, spies, envoys, sūtas, ships, boats, dancers and the like.

ऐन्द्राग्नाख्ये त्रैगर्तचीनकौलूतकुङ्कुमं लाक्षा । सस्यान्यथ माञ्जिष्ठं कौसुम्भं च क्षयं याति

aindrāgnākhye traigartacīnakaulūtakuṅkumaṃ lākṣā | sasyānyatha māñjiṣṭhaṃ kausumbhaṃ ca kṣayaṃ yāti

In the star named after Indrāgni ⟨Viśākhā⟩, the Traigartas, Chinese and Kaulūtas, saffron and lac; and then crops, madder ⟨māñjiṣṭha⟩ and safflower ⟨kausumbha⟩ go to destruction.

मैत्रे कुलूततङ्गणखसकाश्मीराः समन्त्रिचक्रचराः । उपतापं यान्ति च घाण्टिका विभेदश्च मित्राणाम्

maitre kulūtataṅgaṇakhasakāśmīrāḥ samantricakracarāḥ | upatāpaṃ yānti ca ghāṇṭikā vibhedaśca mitrāṇām

In Mitra's star ⟨Anurādhā⟩ the Kulūtas, Taṅgaṇas, Khasas and Kāśmīras, along with ministers and those who move in the ⟨royal⟩ circle ⟨cakracara⟩, and the ghāṇṭikas ⟨bell-men⟩, come to distress; and there is a breach among friends ⟨mitra⟩.

ज्येष्ठासु नृपपुरोहितनृपसत्कृतशूरगणकुलश्रेण्यः । मूले तु काशिकोशलपाञ्चालफलौषधीयोधाः

jyeṣṭhāsu nṛpapurohitanṛpasatkṛtaśūragaṇakulaśreṇyaḥ | mūle tu kāśikośalapāñcālaphalauṣadhīyodhāḥ

In Jyeṣṭhā, kings, royal chaplains ⟨purohita⟩, heroes honoured by the king, corporations ⟨gaṇa⟩, families and guilds ⟨śreṇī⟩; but in Mūla, the Kāśis, Kosalas and Pañcālas, fruits, herbs and warriors.

आप्येऽङ्गवङ्गकौशलगिरिव्रजा मगधपुण्ड्रमिथिलाश्च । उपतापं यान्ति जना वसन्ति ये ताम्रलिप्त्यां च

āpye'ṅgavaṅgakauśalagirivrajā magadhapuṇḍramithilāśca | upatāpaṃ yānti janā vasanti ye tāmraliptyāṃ ca

In the Waters' star ⟨Pūrvāṣāḍhā⟩ the Aṅgas, Vaṅgas, Kauśalas and Girivrajas, the Magadhas, Puṇḍras and Mithilās, and the people who dwell in Tāmraliptī, come to distress.

विश्वेश्वरेऽर्कपुत्रश्चरन् दशार्णान् निहन्ति यवनांश्च । उज्जयिनीं शबरान् पारियात्रिकान् कुन्तिभोजांश्च

viśveśvare'rkaputraścaran daśārṇān nihanti yavanāṃśca | ujjayinīṃ śabarān pāriyātrikān kuntibhojāṃśca

The son of the Sun, moving in the All-Gods' star ⟨Uttarāṣāḍhā⟩, smites the Daśārṇas and the Yavanas, Ujjayinī, the Śabaras, the Pāriyātrikas and the Kuntibhojas.

श्रवणे राजाधिकृतान् विप्राग्र्यभिषक्पुरोहितकलिङ्गान् । वसुभे मगधेशजयो वृद्धिश्च धनेष्वधिकृतानाम्

śravaṇe rājādhikṛtān viprāgryabhiṣakpurohitakaliṅgān | vasubhe magadheśajayo vṛddhiśca dhaneṣvadhikṛtānām

In Śravaṇa, ⟨he smites⟩ the king's officers, the foremost of brāhmaṇas, physicians, purohitas and the Kaliṅgas. In the Vasus' star ⟨Dhaniṣṭhā⟩ there is victory for the lord of Magadha, and increase for those set over wealth.

साजे शतभिषजि भिषक्कविशौण्डिकपण्यनीतिवृत्तीनाम् । आहिर्बुध्न्ये नद्यो यानकराः स्त्रीहिरण्यं च

sāje śatabhiṣaji bhiṣakkaviśauṇḍikapaṇyanītivṛttīnām | āhirbudhnye nadyo yānakarāḥ strīhiraṇyaṃ ca

In Aja ⟨Pūrva Bhādrapadā⟩ together with Śatabhiṣaj, ⟨there is affliction⟩ of physicians, poets, distillers, and of those whose livelihood is trade and statecraft ⟨nīti⟩. In Ahirbudhnya ⟨Uttara Bhādrapadā⟩, rivers, makers of vehicles, women and gold.

रेवत्यां राजभृताः क्रौञ्चद्वीपाश्रिताः शरत्सस्यम् । शबराश्च निपीड्यन्ते यवनाश्च शनैश्चरे चरति

revatyāṃ rājabhṛtāḥ krauñcadvīpāśritāḥ śaratsasyam | śabarāśca nipīḍyante yavanāśca śanaiścare carati

When Śanaiścara moves in Revatī, the king's dependants, those settled in Krauñcadvīpa, the autumn crop, the Śabaras and the Yavanas are sorely afflicted.

यदा विशाखासु महेन्द्रमन्त्री सुतश्च भानोर्दहनर्क्षयातः । तदा प्रजानामनयोऽतिघोरः पुरप्रभेदो गतयोर्भमेकम्

yadā viśākhāsu mahendramantrī sutaśca bhānordahanarkṣayātaḥ | tadā prajānāmanayo'tighoraḥ puraprabhedo gatayorbhamekam

When Mahendra's counsellor ⟨Jupiter⟩ is in Viśākhā and the son of the Sun ⟨Saturn⟩ has gone to Fire's star ⟨Kṛttikā⟩, then a most dreadful misrule ⟨anaya⟩ falls upon the people; and when the two have gone to one and the same asterism, cities are broken open.

अण्डजहा रविजो यदि चित्रः क्षुद्भयकृद्यदि पीतमयूखः । शस्त्रभयाय च रक्तसवर्णो भस्मनिभो बहुवैरकरश्च

aṇḍajahā ravijo yadi citraḥ kṣudbhayakṛdyadi pītamayūkhaḥ | śastrabhayāya ca raktasavarṇo bhasmanibho bahuvairakaraśca

The son of the Sun, if he is mottled ⟨citra⟩, is the slayer of the egg-born ⟨birds⟩; if his rays are yellow, he makes the fear of famine; if of the colour of blood, he makes for the fear of the sword; and resembling ashes, he is a maker of much enmity.

वैदूर्यकान्तिविमलः शुभकृत् प्रजानां बाणातसीकुसुमवर्णनिभश्च शस्तः । यं चापि वर्णमुपगच्छति तत्सवर्णान् सूर्यात्मजः क्षपयतीति मुनिप्रवादः

vaidūryakāntivimalaḥ śubhakṛt prajānāṃ bāṇātasīkusumavarṇanibhaśca śastaḥ | yaṃ cāpi varṇamupagacchati tatsavarṇān sūryātmajaḥ kṣapayatīti munipravādaḥ

Spotless, with the lustre of vaiḍūrya ⟨beryl⟩, he does good to the people; and of the hue of the bāṇa and atasī flowers he is commended. And whatever colour he takes on, the son of the Sun wastes away those of that same colour — such is the declaration of the sages ⟨munipravāda⟩.

गार्गीयं शिखिचारं पाराशरमसितदेवलकृतं च । अन्यांश्च बहून् दृष्ट्वा क्रियतेऽयमनाकुलश्चारः

gārgīyaṃ śikhicāraṃ pārāśaramasitadevalakṛtaṃ ca | anyāṃśca bahūn dṛṣṭvā kriyate'yamanākulaścāraḥ

Having examined the Course of Comets of Garga, and that of Parāśara, and that composed by Asita and Devala, and many others besides, this untangled ⟨account of their⟩ course is made.

दर्शनमस्तमयो वा न गणितविधिनास्य शक्यते ज्ञातुम् । दिव्यान्तरिक्षभौमास्त्रिविधाः स्युः केतवो यस्मात्

darśanamastamayo vā na gaṇitavidhināsya śakyate jñātum | divyāntarikṣabhaumāstrividhāḥ syuḥ ketavo yasmāt

The appearance of this ⟨comet⟩, or its setting, cannot be known by the method of calculation; for comets are of three kinds — celestial (divya), atmospheric (āntarikṣa) and terrestrial (bhauma).

अहुताशेऽनलरूपं यस्मिंस्तत्केतुरूपमेवोक्तम् । खद्योतपिशाचालयमणिरत्नादीन् परित्यज्य

ahutāśe'nalarūpaṃ yasmiṃstatketurūpamevoktam | khadyotapiśācālayamaṇiratnādīn parityajya

In whatever there is the form of fire where no fire ⟨burns⟩ — that very ⟨thing⟩ is declared to be a form of comet, setting aside fireflies, will-o'-the-wisps ⟨the 'haunts of piśācas'⟩, gems, jewels and the like.

ध्वजशस्त्रभवनतरुतुरगकुञ्जराद्येष्वथान्तरिक्षास्ते । दिव्या नक्षत्रस्था भौमाः स्युरतोऽन्यथा शिखिनः

dhvajaśastrabhavanataruturagakuñjarādyeṣvathāntarikṣāste | divyā nakṣatrasthā bhaumāḥ syurato'nyathā śikhinaḥ

Then, those ⟨seen⟩ in ⟨the shapes of⟩ flags, weapons, houses, trees, horses, elephants and the like are the atmospheric ones; the celestial are those stationed among the nakṣatras; and comets otherwise than these are the terrestrial.

शतमेकाधिकमेके सहस्रमपरे वदन्ति केतूनाम् । बहुरूपमेकमेव प्राह मुनिर्नारदः केतुम्

śatamekādhikameke sahasramapare vadanti ketūnām | bahurūpamekameva prāha munirnāradaḥ ketum

Some say the comets are a hundred and one; others say a thousand. The sage Nārada declared the comet to be one only, of many forms.

यद्येको यदि बहवः किमनेन फलं तु सर्वथा वाच्यम् । उदयास्तमयैः स्थानैः स्पर्शैराधूमनैर्वर्णैः

yadyeko yadi bahavaḥ kimanena phalaṃ tu sarvathā vācyam | udayāstamayaiḥ sthānaiḥ sparśairādhūmanairvarṇaiḥ

Whether one or many — what ⟨is gained⟩ by this? The result must in every case be told: by their risings and settings, by their places, by their contacts, by their smoke-veilings, by their colours.

यावन्त्यहानि दृश्यो मासास्तावन्त एव फलपाकः । मासैरब्दांश्च वदेत् प्रथमात् पक्षत्रयात् परतः

yāvantyahāni dṛśyo māsāstāvanta eva phalapākaḥ | māsairabdāṃśca vadet prathamāt pakṣatrayāt parataḥ

For as many days as ⟨a comet⟩ is visible, just so many months is the ripening of the result; and beyond the first three fortnights one should declare years by the months.

ह्रस्वस्तनुः प्रसन्नः स्निग्धस्त्वृजुरचिरसंस्थितः शुक्लः । उदितोऽथ वाभिवृष्टः सुभिक्षसौख्यावहः केतुः

hrasvastanuḥ prasannaḥ snigdhastvṛjuracirasaṃsthitaḥ śuklaḥ | udito'tha vābhivṛṣṭaḥ subhikṣasaukhyāvahaḥ ketuḥ

A comet short, slender, clear, glossy, straight, standing but a short while, and white — risen, or else rained upon — brings plenty and ease.

उक्तविपरीतरूपो न शुभकरो धूमकेतुरुत्पन्नः । इन्द्रायुधानुकारी विशेषतो द्वित्रिचूलो वा

uktaviparītarūpo na śubhakaro dhūmaketurutpannaḥ | indrāyudhānukārī viśeṣato dvitricūlo vā

A smoke-comet (dhūmaketu) arisen with a form contrary to what has been stated brings nothing auspicious — especially one that mimics Indra's bow ⟨the rainbow⟩, or one with two or three crests.

हारमणिहेमरूपाः किरणाख्याः पञ्चविंशतिः सशिखाः । प्रागपरदिशोर्दृश्या नृपतिविरोधावहा रविजाः

hāramaṇihemarūpāḥ kiraṇākhyāḥ pañcaviṃśatiḥ saśikhāḥ | prāgaparadiśordṛśyā nṛpativirodhāvahā ravijāḥ

Twenty-five having the look of pearl-strings, gems and gold, crested, called Kiraṇa, born of the Sun, are to be seen in the eastern and western quarters; they bring on enmity among kings.

शुकदहनबन्धुजीवकलाक्षाक्षतजोपमा हुताशसुताः । आग्नेय्यां दृश्यन्ते तावन्तस्तेऽपि शिखिभयदाः

śukadahanabandhujīvakalākṣākṣatajopamā hutāśasutāḥ | āgneyyāṃ dṛśyante tāvantaste'pi śikhibhayadāḥ

Resembling the parrot, fire, the bandhujīva flower, lac and blood, the sons of Fire ⟨Agni⟩ are just so many ⟨twenty-five⟩; they are seen in the south-east, and they too give fear of fire.

वक्रशिखा मृत्युसुता रूक्षाः कृष्णाश्च तेऽपि तावन्तः । दृश्यन्ते याम्यायां जनमरकावेदिनस्ते च

vakraśikhā mṛtyusutā rūkṣāḥ kṛṣṇāśca te'pi tāvantaḥ | dṛśyante yāmyāyāṃ janamarakāvedinaste ca

With crooked crests, sons of Death ⟨Mṛtyu⟩, harsh and black, they too are just so many ⟨twenty-five⟩; they are seen in the south, and they announce a pestilence among the people.

दर्पणवृत्ताकारा विशिखाः किरणान्विता धरातनयाः । क्षुद्भयदा द्वाविंशतिरैशान्यामम्बुतैलनिभाः

darpaṇavṛttākārā viśikhāḥ kiraṇānvitā dharātanayāḥ | kṣudbhayadā dvāviṃśatiraiśānyāmambutailanibhāḥ

Round in shape like a mirror, crestless, endowed with rays, the sons of the Earth are twenty-two; they give fear of hunger, ⟨appear⟩ in the north-east, and are of the hue of water and oil.

शशिकिरणरजतहिमकुमुदकुन्दकुसुमोपमाः सुताः शशिनः । उत्तरतो दृश्यन्ते त्रयः सुभिक्षावहाः शिखिनः

śaśikiraṇarajatahimakumudakundakusumopamāḥ sutāḥ śaśinaḥ | uttarato dṛśyante trayaḥ subhikṣāvahāḥ śikhinaḥ

Resembling moonbeams, silver, snow, the white water-lily (kumuda) and the kunda flower, the sons of the Moon — three ⟨of them⟩ — are seen in the north; these comets bring plenty.

ब्रह्मसुत एक एव त्रिशिखो वर्णैस्त्रिभिर्युगान्तकरः । अनियतदिक्संप्रभवो विज्ञेयो ब्रह्मदण्डाख्यः

brahmasuta eka eva triśikho varṇaistribhiryugāntakaraḥ | aniyatadiksaṃprabhavo vijñeyo brahmadaṇḍākhyaḥ

The son of Brahmā is one alone, three-crested, of three colours, the ender of the yuga; arising in no fixed direction, he is to be known as Brahmadaṇḍa.

शतमभिहितमेकसमेतमेतदेकेन विरहितान्यस्मात् । कथयिष्ये केतूनां शतानि नव लक्षणैः स्पष्टैः

śatamabhihitamekasametametadekena virahitānyasmāt | kathayiṣye ketūnāṃ śatāni nava lakṣaṇaiḥ spaṣṭaiḥ

This hundred together with one ⟨101⟩ has been stated. Apart from these I shall declare, by their clear marks, nine hundred comets less one ⟨899⟩.

सौम्यैशान्योरुदयं शुक्रसुता यान्ति चतुरशीत्याख्याः । विपुलसिततारकास्ते स्निग्धाश्च भवन्ति तीव्रफलाः

saumyaiśānyorudayaṃ śukrasutā yānti caturaśītyākhyāḥ | vipulasitatārakāste snigdhāśca bhavanti tīvraphalāḥ

The sons of Venus, known as the Eighty-four, go to their rising in the north and the north-east; they have large white star-heads and are glossy, and their results are severe.

स्निग्धाः प्रभासमेता द्विशिखाः षष्टिः शनैश्चराङ्गरुहाः । अतिकष्टफला दृश्याः सर्वत्रैते कनकसंज्ञाः

snigdhāḥ prabhāsametā dviśikhāḥ ṣaṣṭiḥ śanaiścarāṅgaruhāḥ | atikaṣṭaphalā dṛśyāḥ sarvatraite kanakasaṃjñāḥ

Glossy, endowed with lustre, two-crested, sixty, grown from Saturn's body; of exceedingly grievous result, visible everywhere — these are named Kanaka.

विकचा नाम गुरुसुताः सितैकताराः शिखापरित्यक्ताः । षष्टिः पञ्चभिरधिका स्निग्धा याम्याश्रिताः पापाः

vikacā nāma gurusutāḥ sitaikatārāḥ śikhāparityaktāḥ | ṣaṣṭiḥ pañcabhiradhikā snigdhā yāmyāśritāḥ pāpāḥ

The sons of Jupiter, named Vikaca, have a single white star-head, are forsaken by crests, are sixty increased by five ⟨65⟩, glossy, keeping to the south, malefic.

नातिव्यक्ताः सूक्ष्मा दीर्घाः शुक्ला यथेष्टदिक्प्रभवाः । बुधजास्तस्करसंज्ञाः पापफलास्त्वेकपञ्चाशत्

nātivyaktāḥ sūkṣmā dīrghāḥ śuklā yatheṣṭadikprabhavāḥ | budhajāstaskarasaṃjñāḥ pāpaphalāstvekapañcāśat

Not very distinct, fine, long, white, arising from whatever quarter ⟨they will⟩; born of Mercury, called Taskara ⟨'thieves'⟩, of malefic result — fifty-one.

क्षतजानलानुरूपास्त्रिचूलताराः कुजात्मजाः षष्टिः । नाम्ना च कौङ्कुमास्ते सौम्याशासंस्थिताः पापाः

kṣatajānalānurūpāstricūlatārāḥ kujātmajāḥ ṣaṣṭiḥ | nāmnā ca kauṅkumāste saumyāśāsaṃsthitāḥ pāpāḥ

Resembling blood and fire, with three-crested star-heads, the sons of Mars, sixty; by name Kauṅkuma; stationed in the northern quarter, malefic.

त्रिंशत्त्र्यधिका राहोस्ते तामसकीलका इति ख्याताः । रविशशिगा दृश्यन्ते तेषां फलमर्कचारोक्तम्

triṃśattryadhikā rāhoste tāmasakīlakā iti khyātāḥ | raviśaśigā dṛśyante teṣāṃ phalamarkacāroktam

Thirty increased by three ⟨33⟩ are Rāhu's; they are renowned as the Tāmasakīlakas. They are seen going upon the Sun and the Moon; their result is that stated in the ⟨chapter on the⟩ course of the Sun.

विंशत्यधिकमन्यच्छतमग्नेर्विश्वरूपसंज्ञानाम् । तीव्रानलभयदानां ज्वालामालाकुलतनूनाम्

viṃśatyadhikamanyacchatamagnerviśvarūpasaṃjñānām | tīvrānalabhayadānāṃ jvālāmālākulatanūnām

Another hundred increased by twenty ⟨120⟩ are Fire's, called Viśvarūpa — givers of intense fear of fire, their bodies crowded with garlands of flame.

श्यामारुणा विताराश्चामररूपा विकीर्णदीधितयः । अरुणाख्या वायोः सप्तसप्ततिः पापदाः परुषाः

śyāmāruṇā vitārāścāmararūpā vikīrṇadīdhitayaḥ | aruṇākhyā vāyoḥ saptasaptatiḥ pāpadāḥ paruṣāḥ

Dusky-red, without star-heads, shaped like chowries, with scattered rays, named Aruṇa, of the Wind ⟨Vāyu⟩ — seventy-seven, givers of evil, harsh.

तारापुञ्जनिकाशा गणका नाम प्रजापतेरष्टौ । द्वे च शते चतुरधिके चतुरस्रा ब्रह्मसन्तानाः

tārāpuñjanikāśā gaṇakā nāma prajāpateraṣṭau | dve ca śate caturadhike caturasrā brahmasantānāḥ

Resembling a cluster of stars, named Gaṇaka, are the eight of Prajāpati; and two hundred increased by four ⟨204⟩, four-cornered, are the progeny of Brahmā.

कङ्का नाम वरुणजा द्वात्रिंशद्वंशगुल्मसंस्थानाः । शशिवत्प्रभासमेतास्तीव्रफलाः केतवः प्रोक्ताः

kaṅkā nāma varuṇajā dvātriṃśadvaṃśagulmasaṃsthānāḥ | śaśivatprabhāsametāstīvraphalāḥ ketavaḥ proktāḥ

Named Kaṅka, born of Varuṇa, thirty-two, shaped like a clump of bamboo, endowed with lustre like the Moon's — these comets are declared to be of severe result.

षण्णवतिः कालसुताः कबन्धसंज्ञाः कबन्धसंस्थानाः । पुण्ड्राभयप्रदाः स्युर्विरूपताराश्च ते शिखिनः

ṣaṇṇavatiḥ kālasutāḥ kabandhasaṃjñāḥ kabandhasaṃsthānāḥ | puṇḍrābhayapradāḥ syurvirūpatārāśca te śikhinaḥ

Ninety-six are the sons of Kāla ⟨Time⟩, named Kabandha and shaped like a headless trunk; they grant the Puṇḍras freedom from fear, and those comets have misshapen star-heads.

शुक्लविपुलैकतारा नव विदिशां केतवः समुत्पन्नाः । एवं केतुसहस्रं विशेषमेषामतो वक्ष्ये

śuklavipulaikatārā nava vidiśāṃ ketavaḥ samutpannāḥ | evaṃ ketusahasraṃ viśeṣameṣāmato vakṣye

Nine comets, white, broad, with a single star-head, arise from the intermediate quarters. Thus ⟨are⟩ a thousand comets; their particulars I shall now declare.

उदगायतो महान् स्निग्धमूर्तिरपरोदयी वसाकेतुः । सद्यः करोति मरकं सुभिक्षमप्युत्तमं कुरुते

udagāyato mahān snigdhamūrtiraparodayī vasāketuḥ | sadyaḥ karoti marakaṃ subhikṣamapyuttamaṃ kurute

Stretched northward, great, of glossy form, rising in the west, is the Vasā-ketu; it at once makes a pestilence, and it makes excellent plenty too.

तल्लक्षणोऽस्थिकेतुः स तु रूक्षः क्षुद्भयावहः प्रोक्तः । स्निग्धस्तादृक्प्राच्यां शस्त्राख्यो डमरमरकाय

tallakṣaṇo'sthiketuḥ sa tu rūkṣaḥ kṣudbhayāvahaḥ proktaḥ | snigdhastādṛkprācyāṃ śastrākhyo ḍamaramarakāya

Of the same marks is the Asthi-ketu, but it is rough; it is declared to bring the fear of hunger. One like that but glossy, in the east, is called Śastra, and makes for tumult and pestilence.

दृश्योऽमावास्यायां कपालकेतुः सधूम्ररश्मिशिखः । प्राङ् नभसोऽर्धविचारी क्षुन्मरकावृष्टिरोगकरः

dṛśyo'māvāsyāyāṃ kapālaketuḥ sadhūmraraśmiśikhaḥ | prāṅ nabhaso'rdhavicārī kṣunmarakāvṛṣṭirogakaraḥ

The Kapāla comet is to be seen on the new-moon day, its rays and crest smoke-hued; ranging over half the sky in the east, it brings famine, pestilence, drought and disease.

प्राग्वैश्वानर मार्गे शूलाग्रः श्यावरूक्षताम्रार्चिः । नभसस्त्रिभागगामी रौद्र इति कपालतुल्यफलः

prāgvaiśvānara mārge śūlāgraḥ śyāvarūkṣatāmrārciḥ | nabhasastribhāgagāmī raudra iti kapālatulyaphalaḥ

In the east, in the path of Vaiśvānara ⟨Agni⟩, ⟨rises one⟩ spear-pointed, with a dark, harsh, coppery flame, traversing a third of the sky: it is called Raudra, and its fruit is equal to the Kapāla's.

अपरस्यां चलकेतुः शिखया याम्याग्रयाङ्गुलोच्छ्रितया । गच्छेद्यथा यथोदक्तथा तथा दैर्घ्यमायाति

aparasyāṃ calaketuḥ śikhayā yāmyāgrayāṅgulocchritayā | gacchedyathā yathodaktathā tathā dairghyamāyāti

In the west ⟨appears⟩ the Cala comet, its crest tipped southward and raised one aṅgula; the further north it travels, the greater the length it attains.

सप्तमुनीन् संस्पृश्य ध्रुवमभिजितमेव च प्रतिनिवृत्तः । नभसोऽर्धमात्रमित्वा याम्येनास्तं समुपयाति

saptamunīn saṃspṛśya dhruvamabhijitameva ca pratinivṛttaḥ | nabhaso'rdhamātramitvā yāmyenāstaṃ samupayāti

Touching the Seven Sages ⟨Ursa Major⟩, and Dhruva ⟨the pole star⟩ and Abhijit ⟨Vega⟩ as well, it turns back, and having traversed about half the sky it sets in the south.

हन्यात् प्रयागकूलाद्यावदवन्तीं च पुष्करारण्यम् । उदगपि च देविकामपि भूयिष्ठं मध्यदेशाख्यम्

hanyāt prayāgakūlādyāvadavantīṃ ca puṣkarāraṇyam | udagapi ca devikāmapi bhūyiṣṭhaṃ madhyadeśākhyam

It strikes ⟨the land⟩ from the bank at Prayāga as far as Avantī and the Puṣkara forest, and northward as far as the Devikā, and the greater part of what is called Madhyadeśa.

अन्यान् अपि च स देशान् क्व चित् क्व चिद्धन्ति रोगदुर्भिक्षैः । दश मासान् फलपाकोऽस्य कैश्चिदष्टादश प्रोक्तः

anyān api ca sa deśān kva cit kva ciddhanti rogadurbhikṣaiḥ | daśa māsān phalapāko'sya kaiścidaṣṭādaśa proktaḥ

It strikes other countries too, here and there, with disease and famine. The ripening of its fruit is ten months; by some, eighteen are declared.

प्रागर्धरात्रदृश्यो याम्याग्रः श्वेतकेतुरन्यश्च । क इति युगाकृतिरपरे युगपत्तौ सप्तदिनदृश्यौ

prāgardharātradṛśyo yāmyāgraḥ śvetaketuranyaśca | ka iti yugākṛtirapare yugapattau saptadinadṛśyau

Śvetaketu, seen in the east at midnight with its point to the south, and another named Ka, shaped like a yoke, in the west: the two are seen together for seven days.

स्निग्धौ सुभिक्षशिवदावथाधिकं दृश्यते कनामा यः । दश वर्षाण्युपतापं जनयति शस्त्रप्रकोपकृतम्

snigdhau subhikṣaśivadāvathādhikaṃ dṛśyate kanāmā yaḥ | daśa varṣāṇyupatāpaṃ janayati śastraprakopakṛtam

If the two are lustrous they give abundance and welfare; but the one named Ka, if it is seen for longer ⟨than that⟩, generates ten years of affliction wrought by the outbreak of arms.

श्वेत इति जटाकारो रूक्षः श्यावो वियत्त्रिभागगतः । विनिवर्ततेऽपसव्यं त्रिभागशेषाः प्रजाः कुरुते

śveta iti jaṭākāro rūkṣaḥ śyāvo viyattribhāgagataḥ | vinivartate'pasavyaṃ tribhāgaśeṣāḥ prajāḥ kurute

The one called Śveta is shaped like matted locks, harsh and dark-brown; having gone over a third of the sky it turns back counter-sunwise, and it leaves the people with only a third remaining.

आधूम्रया तु शिखया दर्शनमायाति कृत्तिकासंस्थः । ज्ञेयः स रश्मिकेतुः श्वेतसमानं फलं धत्ते

ādhūmrayā tu śikhayā darśanamāyāti kṛttikāsaṃsthaḥ | jñeyaḥ sa raśmiketuḥ śvetasamānaṃ phalaṃ dhatte

The one that comes into view with a somewhat smoky crest, stationed in Kṛttikā, is to be known as Raśmiketu; it bears fruit equal to Śveta's.

ध्रुवकेतुरनियतगतिप्रमाणवर्णाकृतिर्भवति विष्वक् । दिव्यान्तरिक्षभौमो भवत्ययं स्निग्ध इष्टफलः

dhruvaketuraniyatagatipramāṇavarṇākṛtirbhavati viṣvak | divyāntarikṣabhaumo bhavatyayaṃ snigdha iṣṭaphalaḥ

Dhruvaketu is unfixed in motion, size, colour and shape, ⟨and appears⟩ on every side; it is celestial, atmospheric or terrestrial, and when lustrous its fruit is desirable.

सेनाङ्गेषु नृपाणां गृहतरुशैलेषु चापि देशानाम् । गृहिणामुपस्करेषु च विनाशिनां दर्शनं याति

senāṅgeṣu nṛpāṇāṃ gṛhataruśaileṣu cāpi deśānām | gṛhiṇāmupaskareṣu ca vināśināṃ darśanaṃ yāti

It comes into view upon the army-divisions of kings, upon the houses, trees and hills of countries, and upon the household goods of householders — of those, that is, that are about to perish.

कुमुद इति कुमुदकान्तिर्वारुण्यां प्राक्शिखो निशामेकाम् । दृष्टः सुभिक्षमतुलं दश किल वर्षाणि स करोति

kumuda iti kumudakāntirvāruṇyāṃ prākśikho niśāmekām | dṛṣṭaḥ subhikṣamatulaṃ daśa kila varṣāṇi sa karoti

The one called Kumuda, of the lustre of the white water-lily, ⟨appearing⟩ in the quarter of Varuṇa ⟨the west⟩ with its crest to the east and seen for a single night, brings — so it is said — unequalled abundance for ten years.

सकृदेकयामदृश्यः सुसूक्ष्मतारोऽपरेण मणिकेतुः । ऋज्वी शिखास्य शुक्ला स्तनोद्गता क्षीरधारेव

sakṛdekayāmadṛśyaḥ susūkṣmatāro'pareṇa maṇiketuḥ | ṛjvī śikhāsya śuklā stanodgatā kṣīradhāreva

Maṇiketu, seen once only and for a single yāma, in the west, with a very fine star-body: its crest is straight and white, like a stream of milk issuing from a breast.

उदयन्न् एव सुभिक्षं चतुरो मासान् करोत्यसौ सार्धान् । प्रादुर्भावं प्रायः करोति च क्षुद्रजन्तूनाम्

udayann eva subhikṣaṃ caturo māsān karotyasau sārdhān | prādurbhāvaṃ prāyaḥ karoti ca kṣudrajantūnām

At its very rising it makes abundance for four and a half months, and it generally causes small creatures to appear ⟨in numbers⟩.

जलकेतुरपि च पश्चात् स्निग्धः शिखयापरेण चोन्नतया । नव मासान् स सुभिक्षं करोति शान्तिं च लोकस्य

jalaketurapi ca paścāt snigdhaḥ śikhayāpareṇa connatayā | nava māsān sa subhikṣaṃ karoti śāntiṃ ca lokasya

Jalaketu too ⟨appears⟩ in the west, lustrous, its crest westward and raised high; for nine months it makes abundance, and peace for the world.

भवकेतुरेकरात्रं दृश्यः प्राक्सूक्ष्मतारकः स्निग्धः । हरिलाङ्गूलोपमया प्रदक्षिणावर्तया शिखया

bhavaketurekarātraṃ dṛśyaḥ prāksūkṣmatārakaḥ snigdhaḥ | harilāṅgūlopamayā pradakṣiṇāvartayā śikhayā

Bhavaketu is seen for one night, in the east, with a fine star-body and lustrous, its crest like a monkey's tail and curling to the right.

यावत एव मुहूर्तान् दर्शनमायाति निर्दिशेन्मासान् । तावदतुलं सुभिक्षं रूक्षे प्राणान्तिकान् रोगान्

yāvata eva muhūrtān darśanamāyāti nirdiśenmāsān | tāvadatulaṃ subhikṣaṃ rūkṣe prāṇāntikān rogān

For as many muhūrtas as it comes into view, so many months should one declare: for that long, unequalled abundance; and if it is lustreless, ⟨for that long⟩ diseases that end life.

अपरेण पद्मकेतुर्मृणालगौरो भवेन् निशामेकाम् । सप्त करोति सुभिक्षं वर्षाण्यतिहर्षयुक्तानि

apareṇa padmaketurmṛṇālagauro bhaven niśāmekām | sapta karoti subhikṣaṃ varṣāṇyatiharṣayuktāni

In the west Padmaketu, pale as a lotus-stalk, appears for one night; it makes seven years of abundance filled with great joy.

आवर्त इति निशार्धे सव्यशिखोऽरुणनिभोऽपरे स्निग्धः । यावत् क्षणान् स दृश्यस्तावन् मासान् सुभिक्षकरः

āvarta iti niśārdhe savyaśikho'ruṇanibho'pare snigdhaḥ | yāvat kṣaṇān sa dṛśyastāvan māsān subhikṣakaraḥ

The one called Āvarta ⟨appears⟩ at midnight, its crest to the left, of the hue of dawn, lustrous, in the west; for as many kṣaṇas as it is seen, for so many months it brings abundance.

पश्चात् सन्ध्याकाले संवर्तो नाम धूम्रताम्रशिखः । आक्रम्य वियत्त्र्यंशं शूलाग्रावस्थितो रौद्रः

paścāt sandhyākāle saṃvarto nāma dhūmratāmraśikhaḥ | ākramya viyattryaṃśaṃ śūlāgrāvasthito raudraḥ

In the west at twilight ⟨appears⟩ the one named Saṃvarta, with a smoky, coppery crest; occupying a third of the sky and standing with a spear-like point, it is fierce.

यावत एव मुहूर्तान् दृश्यो वर्षाणि हन्ति तावन्ति । भूपान् शस्त्रनिपातैरुदयर्क्षं चापि पीडयति

yāvata eva muhūrtān dṛśyo varṣāṇi hanti tāvanti | bhūpān śastranipātairudayarkṣaṃ cāpi pīḍayati

For as many muhūrtas as it is seen, for that many years it destroys; it slays kings by the falling of weapons, and it afflicts also the nakṣatra of its rising.

ये शस्तास्तान् हित्वा केतुभिर्आधूपिते ऽथ वा स्पृष्टे । नक्षत्रे भवति वधो येषां राज्ञां प्रवक्ष्ये तान्

ye śastāstān hitvā ketubhirādhūpite 'tha vā spṛṣṭe | nakṣatre bhavati vadho yeṣāṃ rājñāṃ pravakṣye tān

Setting aside those ⟨comets⟩ that are auspicious: when a nakṣatra is fumed over, or else touched, by comets, I shall declare those kings whose slaying comes to pass.

अश्विन्यामश्मकपं भरणीषु किरातपार्थिवं हन्यात् । बहुलासु कलिङ्गेशं रोहिण्यां शूरसेनपतिम्

aśvinyāmaśmakapaṃ bharaṇīṣu kirātapārthivaṃ hanyāt | bahulāsu kaliṅgeśaṃ rohiṇyāṃ śūrasenapatim

In Aśvinī it slays the lord of Aśmaka; in Bharaṇī, the Kirāta king; in Bahulā ⟨Kṛttikā⟩, the lord of Kaliṅga; in Rohiṇī, the chief of Śūrasena.

औशीनरमपि सौम्ये जलजाजीवाधिपं तथार्द्रासु । आदित्येऽश्मकनाथान् पुष्ये मगधाधिपं हन्ति

auśīnaramapi saumye jalajājīvādhipaṃ tathārdrāsu | āditye'śmakanāthān puṣye magadhādhipaṃ hanti

In Saumya ⟨Mṛgaśiras⟩, the Auśīnara ⟨king of Uśīnara⟩ as well; in Ārdrā, the chief of those who live by what is born of water; in Āditya ⟨Punarvasu⟩, the lords of Aśmaka; in Puṣya it slays the lord of Magadha.

असिकेशं भौजङ्गे पित्र्येऽङ्गं पाण्ड्यनाथमपि भाग्ये । औज्जयिनिकम् आर्यम्णे सावित्रे दण्डकाधिपतिम्

asikeśaṃ bhaujaṅge pitrye'ṅgaṃ pāṇḍyanāthamapi bhāgye | aujjayinikam āryamṇe sāvitre daṇḍakādhipatim

In Bhaujaṅga ⟨Āśleṣā⟩, the lord of Asika; in Pitrya ⟨Maghā⟩, the ⟨king of⟩ Aṅga; in Bhāgya ⟨Pūrvaphalgunī⟩, the lord of Pāṇḍya as well; in Āryamṇa ⟨Uttaraphalgunī⟩, the king of Ujjayinī; in Sāvitra ⟨Hasta⟩, the ruler of Daṇḍaka.

चित्रासु कुरुक्षेत्राधिपस्य मरणं समादिशेत् तज्ज्ञः । काश्मीरककाम्बोजौ नृपती प्राभञ्जने न स्तः

citrāsu kurukṣetrādhipasya maraṇaṃ samādiśet tajjñaḥ | kāśmīrakakāmbojau nṛpatī prābhañjane na staḥ

In Citrā, one who knows ⟨this science⟩ should declare the death of the ruler of Kurukṣetra; in Prābhañjana ⟨Svāti⟩, the two kings of Kāśmīra and Kāmboja are no more.

इक्ष्वाकुरलकनाथश् च हन्यते यदि भवेद्विशाखासु । मैत्रे पुण्ड्राधिपतिर्ज्येष्ठासु च सार्वभौमवधः

ikṣvākuralakanāthaś ca hanyate yadi bhavedviśākhāsu | maitre puṇḍrādhipatirjyeṣṭhāsu ca sārvabhaumavadhaḥ

If it should be in Viśākhā, the Ikṣvāku ⟨king⟩ and the lord of Alakā are slain; in Maitra ⟨Anurādhā⟩, the lord of Puṇḍra; and in Jyeṣṭhā, the slaying of a universal sovereign.

मूलेऽन्ध्रमद्रकपती जलदेवे काशिपो मरणमेति । यौधेयकार्जुनायनशिविचैद्यान् वैश्वदेवे च

mūle'ndhramadrakapatī jaladeve kāśipo maraṇameti | yaudheyakārjunāyanaśivicaidyān vaiśvadeve ca

In Mūla, the lords of Andhra and Madraka; in Jaladeva ⟨Pūrvāṣāḍhā⟩, the king of Kāśi meets his death; and in Vaiśvadeva ⟨Uttarāṣāḍhā⟩, ⟨it slays⟩ the Yaudheyas, Ārjunāyanas, Śibis and Caidyas.

हन्यात् कैकयनाथं पाञ्चनदं सिंहलाधिपं वाङ्गम् । नैमिषनृपं किरातं श्रवणादिषु षट्स्विमान् क्रमशः

hanyāt kaikayanāthaṃ pāñcanadaṃ siṃhalādhipaṃ vāṅgam | naimiṣanṛpaṃ kirātaṃ śravaṇādiṣu ṣaṭsvimān kramaśaḥ

It slays the lord of Kekaya, the Pāñcanada, the lord of Siṃhala, the Vāṅga, the king of Naimiṣa and the Kirāta — these, in order, in the six ⟨nakṣatras⟩ beginning with Śravaṇa.

उल्काभिताडितशिखः शिखी शिवः शिवतरोऽतिदृष्टो यः । अशुभः स एव चोलावगाणसितहूणचीनानाम्

ulkābhitāḍitaśikhaḥ śikhī śivaḥ śivataro'tidṛṣṭo yaḥ | aśubhaḥ sa eva colāvagāṇasitahūṇacīnānām

The comet whose crest has been struck by a meteor is benign; more benign still is the one that is seen exceedingly. That very ⟨comet⟩ is inauspicious for the Colas, the Avagāṇas, the White Hūṇas and the Cīnas.

नम्रा यतः शिखिशिखाभिसृता यतो वा ऋक्षं च यत् स्पृशति तत् कथितांश्च देशान् । दिव्यप्रभावनिहतान् स यथा गरुत्मान् भुङ्क्ते गतो नरपतिः परभोगिभोगान्

namrā yataḥ śikhiśikhābhisṛtā yato vā ṛkṣaṃ ca yat spṛśati tat kathitāṃśca deśān | divyaprabhāvanihatān sa yathā garutmān bhuṅkte gato narapatiḥ parabhogibhogān

⟨The quarter⟩ towards which the comet’s crest is bowed, or towards which it has moved, and the asterism which it touches, and the countries declared ⟨to belong⟩ to that ⟨asterism⟩ — those countries, smitten by ⟨the comet’s⟩ divine power, that king, having marched ⟨thither⟩, enjoys as the possessions of rival rulers, even as Garutmān ⟨Garuḍa enjoys the coils of rival serpents⟩.

समुद्रोऽन्तः शैलैर्मकरनखरोत्खातशिखरैः कृतस्तोयोच्छित्त्या सपदि सुतरां येन रुचिरः । पतन् मुक्तामिश्रैः प्रवरमणिरत्नाम्बुनिवहैः सुरान् प्रत्यादेष्टुं मितमुकुटरत्नान् इव पुरा

samudro'ntaḥ śailairmakaranakharotkhātaśikharaiḥ kṛtastoyocchittyā sapadi sutarāṃ yena ruciraḥ | patan muktāmiśraiḥ pravaramaṇiratnāmbunivahaiḥ surān pratyādeṣṭuṃ mitamukuṭaratnān iva purā

The ocean — which he ⟨Agastya⟩, by the cutting off of its waters, made all at once exceedingly lovely with its inner mountains, whose peaks were gouged out by the claws of makaras, and with its floods of water bearing choicest gems and jewels mingled with falling pearls, as though of old to put to shame the gods, whose crown-jewels are but few —

येन चाम्बुहरणेऽपि विद्रुमैर्भूधरैः समणिरत्नविद्रुमैः । निर्गतैस्तदुरगैश्च राजितः सागरोऽधिकतरं विराजितः

yena cāmbuharaṇe'pi vidrumairbhūdharaiḥ samaṇiratnavidrumaiḥ | nirgataistaduragaiśca rājitaḥ sāgaro'dhikataraṃ virājitaḥ

And by whom, even when its water was carried off, the ocean — lit up by its corals, by its mountains together with their gems, jewels and corals, and by the serpents that came forth from them — shone all the more resplendent.

प्रस्फुरत्तिमिजलेभजिह्मगः क्षिप्तरत्ननिकरो महोदधिः । आपदां पदगतोऽपि यापितो येन पीतसलिलोऽमरश्रियम्

prasphurattimijalebhajihmagaḥ kṣiptaratnanikaro mahodadhiḥ | āpadāṃ padagato'pi yāpito yena pītasalilo'maraśriyam

The great ocean, with its quivering whales, water-elephants and serpents, its heaps of gems flung open ⟨to view⟩ — though it had come to the estate of calamity and its water was drunk — was carried by him to the splendour of the immortals.

प्रचलत्तिमिशुक्तिजशङ्खचितः सलिलेऽपहृतेऽपि पतिः सरिताम् । सतरङ्गसितोत्पलहंसभृतः सरसः शरदीव विभर्ति रुचिम्

pracalattimiśuktijaśaṅkhacitaḥ salile'pahṛte'pi patiḥ saritām | sataraṅgasitotpalahaṃsabhṛtaḥ sarasaḥ śaradīva vibharti rucim

Even when its water was taken away, the lord of rivers, strewn with moving whales, with pearls born of oysters and with conches, wears a loveliness like that of a lake in autumn bearing waves, white lotuses and swans.

तिमिसिताम्बुधरं मणितारकं स्फटिकचन्द्रमनम्बुशरद्द्युतिः । फणिफणोपलरश्मिशिखिग्रहं कुटिलगेशवियच्च चकार यः

timisitāmbudharaṃ maṇitārakaṃ sphaṭikacandramanambuśaraddyutiḥ | phaṇiphaṇopalaraśmiśikhigrahaṃ kuṭilageśaviyacca cakāra yaḥ

He it was who made ⟨the ocean⟩, its water gone, ⟨wear⟩ the brilliance of autumn: whales for its white clouds, gems for its stars, crystal for its moon, the rays of the jewels on serpents' hoods for its comet and its grahas, and the lord of the crooked-goers ⟨serpents⟩ ⟨for its …⟩ — a very sky he made of it.

दिनकररथमार्गविच्छित्तयेऽभ्युद्यतं यच्चलत्शृङ्गमुद्भ्रान्तविद्याधरांसावसक्तप्रियाव्यग्रदत्ताङ्कदेहावलम्बाम्बरात्य् उच्छ्रितोद्धूयमानध्वजैः शोभितम् । करिकटमदमिश्ररक्तावलेहानुवासानुसारिद्विरेफावलीनोत्तमाङ्गैः कृतान् बाणपुष्पैरिवोत्तंसकान् धारयद्भिर्मृगेन्द्रैः सनाथीकृतान्तर्दरीनिर्झरम् । गगनतलमिवोल्लिखन्तं प्रवृद्धैर्गजाकृष्टफुल्लद्रुमत्रासविभ्रान्तमत्तद्विरेफावलीहृष्ट मन्द्रस्वनैः शैलकूटैस्तरक्षऋक्षशार्दूलशाखामृगाध्यासितैः । रहसि मदनसक्तया रेवया कान्तयेवोपगूढं सुराध्यासितोद्यानमम्भोशनान्नमूलानिलाहारविप्रान्वितं विन्ध्यमस्तम्भयद्यश्च तस्योदयः श्रूयताम्

dinakararathamārgavicchittaye'bhyudyataṃ yaccalatśṛṅgamudbhrāntavidyādharāṃsāvasaktapriyāvyagradattāṅkadehāvalambāmbarāty ucchritoddhūyamānadhvajaiḥ śobhitam | karikaṭamadamiśraraktāvalehānuvāsānusāridvirephāvalīnottamāṅgaiḥ kṛtān bāṇapuṣpairivottaṃsakān dhārayadbhirmṛgendraiḥ sanāthīkṛtāntardarīnirjharam | gaganatalamivollikhantaṃ pravṛddhairgajākṛṣṭaphulladrumatrāsavibhrāntamattadvirephāvalīhṛṣṭa mandrasvanaiḥ śailakūṭaistarakṣaṛkṣaśārdūlaśākhāmṛgādhyāsitaiḥ | rahasi madanasaktayā revayā kāntayevopagūḍhaṃ surādhyāsitodyānamambhośanānnamūlānilāhāraviprānvitaṃ vindhyamastambhayadyaśca tasyodayaḥ śrūyatām

⟨And it is he⟩ who stayed the Vindhya: that ⟨mountain⟩ risen up to cut off the road of the sun's chariot; adorned with banners lifted very high and tossed about — the garments trailing from the bodies of the Vidyādharas' beloveds, who, ⟨startled⟩ by its moving peaks along with their startled ⟨lovers⟩, clung to their shoulders and were taken in haste upon their laps; its inner caverns and cascades given a lord in the lions, which bear upon their heads, like ear-ornaments made of bāṇa flowers, the swarms of bees that settle there, following the scent of the licked blood mixed with the ichor of elephants' temples; scratching, as it were, the floor of heaven with its towering crags — crags loud with the deep glad hum of maddened bees swarming in alarm from the flowering trees the elephants drag at, and inhabited by hyenas, bears, tigers and monkeys; embraced in secret by the Revā as by a beloved wife caught in desire; its pleasure-groves the seat of the gods, and peopled with brāhmaṇas whose food is water, grain, roots or air. Hear now of the rising of him ⟨who did this⟩.

उदये च मुनेरगस्त्यनाम्नः कुसमायोगमलप्रदूषितानि । हृदयानि सतामिव स्वभावात् पुनरम्बूनि भवन्ति निर्मलानि

udaye ca muneragastyanāmnaḥ kusamāyogamalapradūṣitāni | hṛdayāni satāmiva svabhāvāt punarambūni bhavanti nirmalāni

And at the rising of the sage named Agastya the waters, defiled by the taint of union with an evil season, become clear once more of their own nature — as do the hearts of the good.

पार्श्वद्वयाधिष्ठितचक्रवाकामापुष्णती सस्वनहंसपङ्क्तिम् । ताम्बूलरक्तोत्कषिताग्रदन्ती विभाति योषेव शरत् सहासा

pārśvadvayādhiṣṭhitacakravākāmāpuṣṇatī sasvanahaṃsapaṅktim | tāmbūlaraktotkaṣitāgradantī vibhāti yoṣeva śarat sahāsā

Fostering a line of sounding haṃsas with cakravākas settled on either side of it, the tips of her teeth reddened and burnished with betel, autumn shines like a young woman with a smile ⟨on her face⟩.

इन्दीवरासन्नसितोत्पलान्विता शरद् भ्रमत्षट्पदपङ्क्तिभूषिता । सभ्रूलताक्षेपकटाक्षवीक्षणा विदग्धयोषेव विभाति सस्मरा

indīvarāsannasitotpalānvitā śarad bhramatṣaṭpadapaṅktibhūṣitā | sabhrūlatākṣepakaṭākṣavīkṣaṇā vidagdhayoṣeva vibhāti sasmarā

Autumn — set about with white lotuses close beside blue, adorned with rows of roaming bees, casting sidelong glances with a play of her creeper-brows — shines like an accomplished woman filled with desire.

इन्दोः पयोदविगमोपहितां विभूतिं द्रष्टुं तरङ्गवलया कुमुदं निशासु । उन्मीलयत्यलिनिलीनदलं सुपक्ष्म वापी विलोचनमिवासिततारकान्तम्

indoḥ payodavigamopahitāṃ vibhūtiṃ draṣṭuṃ taraṅgavalayā kumudaṃ niśāsu | unmīlayatyalinilīnadalaṃ supakṣma vāpī vilocanamivāsitatārakāntam

To behold the splendour restored to the moon by the departing of the clouds, the pool, girdled with waves, opens at night the kumuda — its petals fringed with clinging bees, like fine lashes — as though it were an eye bounded by a dark pupil.

नानाविचित्राम्बुजहंसकोककारण्डवापूर्णतडागहस्ता । रत्नैः प्रभूतैः कुसुमैः फलैश्च भूर्यच्छतीवार्घमगस्त्यनाम्ने

nānāvicitrāmbujahaṃsakokakāraṇḍavāpūrṇataḍāgahastā | ratnaiḥ prabhūtaiḥ kusumaiḥ phalaiśca bhūryacchatīvārghamagastyanāmne

The earth, whose hands are ponds filled with lotuses of many kinds and hues, with haṃsas, cakravākas and kāraṇḍava ducks, seems to hold out an arghya — of abundant gems, of flowers and of fruits — to him named Agastya.

सलिलममरपाज्ञयोज्झितं यद्धनपरिवेष्टितमूर्तिभिर्भुजङ्गैः । फणिजनितविषाग्निसंप्रदुष्टं भवति शिवं तदगस्त्यदर्शनेन

salilamamarapājñayojjhitaṃ yaddhanapariveṣṭitamūrtibhirbhujaṅgaiḥ | phaṇijanitaviṣāgnisaṃpraduṣṭaṃ bhavati śivaṃ tadagastyadarśanena

The water that was let loose at the command of the lord of the immortals, and that is thoroughly fouled by the poison-fire born of the hoods of serpents whose bodies lie coiled about treasure — that water becomes wholesome at the sight of Agastya.

स्मरणादपि पापमपाकुरुते किमुत स्तुतिभिर्वरुणाङ्गरुहः । मुनिभिः कथितोऽस्य यथार्घविधिः कथयामि तथैव नरेन्द्रहितम्

smaraṇādapi pāpamapākurute kimuta stutibhirvaruṇāṅgaruhaḥ | munibhiḥ kathito'sya yathārghavidhiḥ kathayāmi tathaiva narendrahitam

He who grew from Varuṇa's body takes sin away even at a mere remembrance of him — how much more when he is praised with hymns. The rule of the arghya to him has been declared by the sages; just so do I declare it, for the good of kings.

सङ्ख्याविधानात् प्रतिदेशमस्य विज्ञाय सन्दर्शनमादिशेज्ज्ञः । तच्चोज्जयिन्याम् अगतस्य कन्यां भागैः स्वराख्यैः स्फुटभास्करस्य

saṅkhyāvidhānāt pratideśamasya vijñāya sandarśanamādiśejjñaḥ | taccojjayinyām agatasya kanyāṃ bhāgaiḥ svarākhyaiḥ sphuṭabhāskarasya

By the rule of computation let the knowing one ascertain his appearing for each region and so declare it. And at Ujjayinī that ⟨falls⟩ when the true Sun has not ⟨yet⟩ reached Kanyā by the degrees called svara ⟨seven⟩.

ईषत्प्रभिन्नेऽरुणरश्मिजालैर्नैशेऽन्धकारे दिशि दक्षिणस्याम् । सांवत्सरावेदितदिग्विभागे भूपोऽर्घमुर्व्यां प्रयतः प्रयच्छेत्

īṣatprabhinne'ruṇaraśmijālairnaiśe'ndhakāre diśi dakṣiṇasyām | sāṃvatsarāveditadigvibhāge bhūpo'rghamurvyāṃ prayataḥ prayacchet

When the darkness of night has just been broken by the nets of the red rays ⟨of dawn⟩, in the southern direction, in the quarter declared by the sāṃvatsara ⟨the calendar-astrologer⟩, let the king, self-restrained, offer the arghya upon the ground.

कालोद्भवैः सुरभिभिः कुसुमैः फलैश्च रत्नैश्च सागरभवैः कनकाम्बरैश्च । धेन्वा वृषेण परमान्नयुतैश्च भक्ष्यैर् दध्यक्षतैः सुरभिधूपविलेपनैश्च

kālodbhavaiḥ surabhibhiḥ kusumaiḥ phalaiśca ratnaiśca sāgarabhavaiḥ kanakāmbaraiśca | dhenvā vṛṣeṇa paramānnayutaiśca bhakṣyair dadhyakṣataiḥ surabhidhūpavilepanaiśca

⟨Let it be offered⟩ with fragrant flowers of the season and with fruits, with gems born of the ocean, with gold and garments, with a milch cow and a bull, with foods together with the finest rice-milk ⟨paramānna⟩, with curds and whole grains, and with fragrant incense and unguents.

नरपतिरिममर्घं श्रद्दधानो दधानः प्रविगतगददोषो निर्जितारातिपक्षः । भवति यदि च दद्यात् सप्त वर्षाणि सम्यग् जलनिधिरशनायाः स्वामितां याति भूमेः

narapatirimamarghaṃ śraddadhāno dadhānaḥ pravigatagadadoṣo nirjitārātipakṣaḥ | bhavati yadi ca dadyāt sapta varṣāṇi samyag jalanidhiraśanāyāḥ svāmitāṃ yāti bhūmeḥ

The king who bears ⟨and offers⟩ this arghya with faith becomes free of disease and of blemish and has conquered the party of his foes; and if he gives it duly for seven years, he attains the lordship of the earth whose girdle is the ocean.

द्विजो यथालाभमुपाहृतार्घः प्राप्नोति वेदान् प्रमदाश्च पुत्रान् । वैश्यश्च गां भूरि धनं च शूद्रो रोगक्षयं धर्मफलं च सर्वे

dvijo yathālābhamupāhṛtārghaḥ prāpnoti vedān pramadāśca putrān | vaiśyaśca gāṃ bhūri dhanaṃ ca śūdro rogakṣayaṃ dharmaphalaṃ ca sarve

A twice-born who has offered the arghya as his means allow obtains the Vedas, wives and sons; the vaiśya cattle, and the śūdra abundant wealth; and all of them the wasting away of disease and the fruit of dharma.

रोगान् करोति परुषः कपिलस्त्ववृष्टिं धूम्रो गवामशुभकृत् स्फुरणो भयाय । माञ्जिष्ठरागसदृशः क्षुधमाहवांश्च कुर्यादणुश्च पुररोधमगस्त्यनामा

rogān karoti paruṣaḥ kapilastvavṛṣṭiṃ dhūmro gavāmaśubhakṛt sphuraṇo bhayāya | māñjiṣṭharāgasadṛśaḥ kṣudhamāhavāṃśca kuryādaṇuśca purarodhamagastyanāmā

He named Agastya, when rough, causes diseases; when tawny, drought; when smoky, harm to cattle; when scintillating, ⟨he is⟩ for fear; when like the hue of madder, famine and wars; and when small, the besieging of cities.

शातकुम्भसदृशः स्फटिकाभस्तर्पयन्न् इव महीं किरणाग्रैः । दृश्यते यदि तदा प्रचुरान्ना भूर्भवत्यभयरोगजनाढ्या

śātakumbhasadṛśaḥ sphaṭikābhastarpayann iva mahīṃ kiraṇāgraiḥ | dṛśyate yadi tadā pracurānnā bhūrbhavatyabhayarogajanāḍhyā

If he is seen like gold, or with the sheen of crystal, as though sating the earth with the tips of his rays, then the earth becomes rich in food and abounds in people free of fear and disease.

उल्कया विनिहतः शिखिना वा क्षुद्भयं मरकमेव विधत्ते । दृश्यते स किल हस्तगतेऽर्के रोहिणीमुपगतेऽस्तमुपैति

ulkayā vinihataḥ śikhinā vā kṣudbhayaṃ marakameva vidhatte | dṛśyate sa kila hastagate'rke rohiṇīmupagate'stamupaiti

Struck by a meteor, or by a comet, he brings about nothing but the fear of hunger and pestilence. He is seen, they say, when the Sun has gone to Hasta; when ⟨the Sun⟩ reaches Rohiṇī he goes to his setting.

सैकावलीव राजति ससितोत्पलमालिनी सहासेव । नाथवतीव च दिग्यैः कौवेरी सप्तभिर्मुनिभिः

saikāvalīva rājati sasitotpalamālinī sahāseva | nāthavatīva ca digyaiḥ kauverī saptabhirmunibhiḥ

By ⟨these⟩ seven sages the quarter of Kubera ⟨the north⟩ is resplendent — as though wearing a single-strand necklace, garlanded with white lotuses, as though smiling, and as though possessed of a lord —

ध्रुवनायकोपदेशान् नरिनर्तीवोत्तरा भ्रमद्भिश्च । यैश्चारमहं तेषां कथयिष्ये वृद्धगर्गमतात्

dhruvanāyakopadeśān narinartīvottarā bhramadbhiśca | yaiścāramahaṃ teṣāṃ kathayiṣye vṛddhagargamatāt

— and by which, as they wheel about, the northern ⟨quarter⟩ seems to dance to the instructions of Dhruva, her leader: of those ⟨sages⟩ I shall declare the course, following the doctrine of Vṛddha Garga ⟨Garga the elder⟩.

आसन् मघासु मुनयः शासति पृथ्वीं युधिष्ठिरे नृपतौ । षड्द्विकपञ्चद्वियुतः शककालस्तस्य राज्ञश्च

āsan maghāsu munayaḥ śāsati pṛthvīṃ yudhiṣṭhire nṛpatau | ṣaḍdvikapañcadviyutaḥ śakakālastasya rājñaśca

The sages were in Maghā while King Yudhiṣṭhira ruled the earth; and the ⟨era⟩ of that king is the Śaka reckoning increased by two thousand five hundred and twenty-six.

एकैकस्मिन्न् ऋक्षे शतं शतं ते चरन्ति वर्षाणाम् । प्रागुदयतोऽप्यविवरादृजून् नयति तत्र संयुक्ताः

ekaikasminn ṛkṣe śataṃ śataṃ te caranti varṣāṇām | prāgudayato'pyavivarādṛjūn nayati tatra saṃyuktāḥ

In each single nakṣatra they travel a hundred years, a hundred apiece. ⟨That nakṣatra⟩ which, at ⟨their⟩ rising in the east and with no interval between, holds them in a straight line — with that they are ⟨reckoned⟩ conjoined.

पूर्वे भागे भगवान् मरीचिरपरे स्थितो वसिष्ठोऽस्मात् । तस्याङ्गिरास्ततोऽत्रिस्तस्यासन्नः पुलस्त्यश्च

pūrve bhāge bhagavān marīcirapare sthito vasiṣṭho'smāt | tasyāṅgirāstato'tristasyāsannaḥ pulastyaśca

In the eastern portion ⟨stands⟩ the blessed Marīci; west of him stands Vasiṣṭha; ⟨west⟩ of him Aṅgiras, then Atri; and next to him Pulastya.

पुलहः क्रतुरिति भगवान् आसन्ना अनुक्रमेण पूर्वाद्यात् । तत्र वसिष्ठं मुनिवरमुपाश्रितारुन्धती साध्वी

pulahaḥ kraturiti bhagavān āsannā anukrameṇa pūrvādyāt | tatra vasiṣṭhaṃ munivaramupāśritārundhatī sādhvī

Pulaha ⟨and⟩ Kratu — thus the venerable ⟨sages⟩ stand close ⟨to one another⟩, in succession beginning from the east. Among them the chaste Arundhatī has attached herself to Vasiṣṭha, best of sages.

उल्काशनिधूमाद्यैर्हता विवर्णा विरश्मयो ह्रस्वाः । हन्युः स्वं स्वं वर्गं विपुलाः स्निग्धाश्च तद्वृद्ध्यै

ulkāśanidhūmādyairhatā vivarṇā viraśmayo hrasvāḥ | hanyuḥ svaṃ svaṃ vargaṃ vipulāḥ snigdhāśca tadvṛddhyai

Struck by meteors, thunderbolts, smoke ⟨-trails⟩ and the like — discoloured, rayless, or small — they destroy each his own class; ⟨but⟩ broad and glossy, ⟨they make⟩ for its increase.

गन्धर्वदेवदानवमन्त्रौषधिसिद्धयक्षनागानाम् । पीडाकरो मरीचिर्ज्ञेयो विद्याधराणां च

gandharvadevadānavamantrauṣadhisiddhayakṣanāgānām | pīḍākaro marīcirjñeyo vidyādharāṇāṃ ca

Marīci is to be known as the worker of affliction to gandharvas, gods, dānavas, spells, healing herbs, siddhas, yakṣas and nāgas — and to vidyādharas as well.

शकयवनदरदपारतकाम्बोजांस्तापसान् वनोपेतान् । हन्ति वसिष्ठोऽभिहतो विवृद्धिदो रश्मिसम्पन्नः

śakayavanadaradapāratakāmbojāṃstāpasān vanopetān | hanti vasiṣṭho'bhihato vivṛddhido raśmisampannaḥ

Vasiṣṭha, when struck, slays the Śakas, Yavanas, Daradas, Pāratas and Kāmbojas, ascetics and those who have taken to the forest; ⟨but⟩ when full of rays he is a giver of increase.

अङ्गिरसो ज्ञानयुता धीमन्तो ब्राह्मणाश्च निर्दिष्टाः । अत्रेः कान्तारभवा जलजान्यम्भोनिधिः सरितः

aṅgiraso jñānayutā dhīmanto brāhmaṇāśca nirdiṣṭāḥ | atreḥ kāntārabhavā jalajānyambhonidhiḥ saritaḥ

Those endowed with knowledge, the wise, and brāhmaṇas are assigned to Aṅgiras; to Atri, ⟨what is⟩ born in the wilderness, water-born ⟨growths⟩, the ocean, and rivers.

रक्षःपिशाचदानवदैत्यभुजङ्गाः स्मृताः पुलस्त्यस्य । पुलहस्य तु मूलफलं क्रतोस्तु यज्ञाः सयज्ञभृतः

rakṣaḥpiśācadānavadaityabhujaṅgāḥ smṛtāḥ pulastyasya | pulahasya tu mūlaphalaṃ kratostu yajñāḥ sayajñabhṛtaḥ

Rākṣasas, piśācas, dānavas, daityas and serpents are held to be Pulastya's; but Pulaha's are roots and fruit; and Kratu's are sacrifices, together with those who maintain them.

नक्षत्रत्रयवर्गैराग्नेयाद्यैर्व्यवस्थितैर्नवधा । भारतवर्षे मध्य प्रागादिविभाजिता देशाः

nakṣatratrayavargairāgneyādyairvyavasthitairnavadhā | bhāratavarṣe madhya prāgādivibhājitā deśāḥ

By the groups of three nakṣatras, beginning with the fiery one ⟨Kṛttikā⟩ and set out in order, the countries in Bhāratavarṣa are divided ninefold — ⟨the divisions running⟩ from the middle, the east, and so on.

भद्रारिमेदमाण्डव्यसाल्वनीपोज्जिहानसङ्ख्याताः । मरुवत्सघोषयामुनसारस्वतमत्स्यमाध्यमिकाः

bhadrārimedamāṇḍavyasālvanīpojjihānasaṅkhyātāḥ | maruvatsaghoṣayāmunasārasvatamatsyamādhyamikāḥ

Those reckoned as Bhadra, Ārimeda, Māṇḍavya, Sālva, Nīpa and Ujjihāna; Maru, Vatsa, Ghoṣa, the Yāmuna ⟨people⟩, Sārasvata, Matsya, Mādhyamika;

माथुरकोपज्योतिषधर्मारण्यानि शूरसेनाश्च । गौरग्रीवोद्देहिकपाण्डुगुडाश्वत्थपाञ्चालाः

māthurakopajyotiṣadharmāraṇyāni śūrasenāśca | gauragrīvoddehikapāṇḍuguḍāśvatthapāñcālāḥ

Māthuraka, Upajyotiṣa and Dharmāraṇya, and the Śūrasenas; Gauragrīva, Uddehika, Pāṇḍu, Guḍa, Aśvattha, Pāñcāla;

साकेतकङ्ककुरुकालकोटिकुकुराश्च पारियात्रनगः । औदुम्बरकापिष्ठलगजाह्वयाश्चेति मध्यमिदम्

sāketakaṅkakurukālakoṭikukurāśca pāriyātranagaḥ | audumbarakāpiṣṭhalagajāhvayāśceti madhyamidam

Sāketa, Kaṅka, Kuru, Kālakoṭi and Kukura, and the Pāriyātra mountain; Audumbara, Kāpiṣṭhala and Gajāhvaya ⟨Hastināpura, 'the elephant-named'⟩ — this is the middle ⟨region⟩.

अथ पूर्वस्यामञ्जनवृषभध्वजपद्ममाल्यवद्गिरयः । व्याघ्रमुखसुह्मकर्वटचान्द्रपुराः शूर्पकर्णाश्च

atha pūrvasyāmañjanavṛṣabhadhvajapadmamālyavadgirayaḥ | vyāghramukhasuhmakarvaṭacāndrapurāḥ śūrpakarṇāśca

Now in the east: the mountains Añjana, Vṛṣabhadhvaja, Padma and Mālyavat; the Vyāghramukhas ⟨tiger-faced⟩, Suhmas, Karvaṭas, Cāndrapuras, and the Śūrpakarṇas ⟨winnow-eared⟩;

खसमगधशिबिरगिरिमिथिलसमतटोड्राश्ववदनदन्तुरकाः । प्राग्ज्योतिषलौहित्यक्षीरोदसमुद्रपुरुषादाः

khasamagadhaśibiragirimithilasamataṭoḍrāśvavadanadanturakāḥ | prāgjyotiṣalauhityakṣīrodasamudrapuruṣādāḥ

the Khasas, Magadhas, Śibiragiri, Mithilā, Samataṭa, Oḍra, Aśvavadana ⟨horse-faced⟩, Danturaka; Prāgjyotiṣa, Lauhitya, the Ocean of Milk, and the Puruṣādas ⟨man-eaters⟩.

उदयगिरिभद्रगौडकपौण्ड्रोत्कलकाशिमेकलाम्बष्ठाः । एकपदताम्रलिप्तक कोशलका वर्धमानाश्च

udayagiribhadragauḍakapauṇḍrotkalakāśimekalāmbaṣṭhāḥ | ekapadatāmraliptaka kośalakā vardhamānāśca

Udayagiri ⟨the mountain of sunrise⟩, Bhadra, Gauḍaka, Pauṇḍra, Utkala, Kāśi, Mekala, Ambaṣṭha; the Ekapadas ⟨one-footed⟩, Tāmraliptaka, the Kośalakas and the Vardhamānas.

आग्नेय्यां दिशि कोशलकलिङ्गवङ्गोपवङ्गजठराङ्गाः । शौलिकविदर्भवत्सान्ध्रचेदिकाश्चोर्ध्वकण्ठाश्च

āgneyyāṃ diśi kośalakaliṅgavaṅgopavaṅgajaṭharāṅgāḥ | śaulikavidarbhavatsāndhracedikāścordhvakaṇṭhāśca

In the south-eastern quarter: Kośala, Kaliṅga, Vaṅga, Upavaṅga, Jaṭhara, Aṅga; Śaulika, Vidarbha, Vatsa, Andhra, Cedika, and the Ūrdhvakaṇṭhas ⟨the high-necked⟩;

वृषनालिकेरचर्मद्वीपा विन्ध्यान्तवासिनस्त्रिपुरी । श्मश्रुधरहेमकुड्य व्यालग्रीवा महाग्रीवाः

vṛṣanālikeracarmadvīpā vindhyāntavāsinastripurī | śmaśrudharahemakuḍya vyālagrīvā mahāgrīvāḥ

Vṛṣa, Nālikera, Carmadvīpa, those dwelling at the end of the Vindhya, Tripurī; Śmaśrudhara ⟨the bearded⟩, Hemakuḍya, the Vyālagrīvas ⟨snake-necked⟩, the Mahāgrīvas ⟨great-necked⟩;

किष्किन्धकण्टकस्थलनिषादराष्ट्राणि पुरिकदाशार्णाः । सह नग्नपर्णशबरैराश्लेषाद्ये त्रिके देशाः

kiṣkindhakaṇṭakasthalaniṣādarāṣṭrāṇi purikadāśārṇāḥ | saha nagnaparṇaśabarairāśleṣādye trike deśāḥ

Kiṣkindha, Kaṇṭakasthala, the Niṣāda realms, Purika and Daśārṇa, together with the Nagnas ⟨the naked⟩, Parṇas and Śabaras — ⟨these are⟩ the countries in the triad ⟨of nakṣatras⟩ beginning with Āśleṣā.

अथ दक्षिणेन लङ्काकालाजिनसौरिकीर्णतालिकटाः । गिरिनगरमलयदर्दुरमहेन्द्रमालिन्द्यभरुकच्छाः

atha dakṣiṇena laṅkākālājinasaurikīrṇatālikaṭāḥ | girinagaramalayadarduramahendramālindyabharukacchāḥ

Now to the south: Laṅkā, Kālājina, Saurikīrṇa, Tālikaṭa; Girinagara, Malaya, Dardura, Mahendra, Mālindya, Bharukaccha;

कङ्कटकङ्कण वनवासिशिबिकफणिकारकोङ्कणाभीराः । आकरवेणाआवर्तक दशपुरगोनर्दकेरलकाः

kaṅkaṭakaṅkaṇa vanavāsiśibikaphaṇikārakoṅkaṇābhīrāḥ | ākaraveṇāāvartaka daśapuragonardakeralakāḥ

Kaṅkaṭa, Kaṅkaṇa, Vanavāsin, Śibika, Phaṇikāra, Koṅkaṇa, Ābhīra; Ākara, Veṇā, Āvartaka, Daśapura, Gonarda, Keralaka;

कर्णाटमहाटविचित्रकूटनासिक्यकोल्लगिरिचोलाः । क्रौञ्चद्वीपजटाधरकावेर्यो रिष्यमूकश्च

karṇāṭamahāṭavicitrakūṭanāsikyakollagiricolāḥ | krauñcadvīpajaṭādharakāveryo riṣyamūkaśca

Karṇāṭa, Mahāṭavi, Citrakūṭa, Nāsikya, Kollagiri, Cola; Krauñcadvīpa, Jaṭādhara ⟨the matted-haired⟩, the Kāverīs, and Ṛṣyamūka;

वैदूर्यशङ्खमुक्तात्रिवारिचरधर्मपट्टनद्वीपाः । गणराज्यकृष्णवेल्लूरपिशिकशूर्पाद्रिकुसुमनगाः

vaidūryaśaṅkhamuktātrivāricaradharmapaṭṭanadvīpāḥ | gaṇarājyakṛṣṇavellūrapiśikaśūrpādrikusumanagāḥ

the islands Vaidūrya ⟨Beryl⟩, Śaṅkha ⟨Conch⟩, Muktā ⟨Pearl⟩, Atri, Vāricara and Dharmapaṭṭana; Gaṇarājya ⟨the republics⟩, Kṛṣṇavellūra, Piśika, Śūrpādri, Kusumanaga;

तुम्बवनकार्मणयक याम्योदधितापसाश्रमा ऋषिकाः । काञ्चीमरुचीपट्टनचेर्यार्यकसिंहला ऋषभाः

tumbavanakārmaṇayaka yāmyodadhitāpasāśramā ṛṣikāḥ | kāñcīmarucīpaṭṭanaceryāryakasiṃhalā ṛṣabhāḥ

Tumbavana, Kārmaṇayaka, the southern ocean, the hermitages of the ascetics, the Ṛṣikas; Kāñcī, Marucīpaṭṭana, Cerya, Āryaka, Siṃhala, the Ṛṣabhas;

बलदेवपट्टनं दण्डकावनतिमिङ्गिलाशना भद्राः । कच्छोऽथ कुञ्जरदरी सताम्रपर्णीति विज्ञेयाः

baladevapaṭṭanaṃ daṇḍakāvanatimiṅgilāśanā bhadrāḥ | kaccho'tha kuñjaradarī satāmraparṇīti vijñeyāḥ

Baladevapaṭṭana, the Daṇḍaka forest, the Timiṅgilāśanas ⟨who eat the timiṅgila, the great fish⟩, the Bhadras; then Kaccha, Kuñjaradarī ⟨the elephant ravine⟩, together with Tāmraparṇī — thus are ⟨the countries of the south⟩ to be known.

नैरृत्यां दिशि देशाः पह्लवकाम्बोजसिन्धुसौवीराः । वडवामुखारवाम्बष्ठकपिलनारीमुखानर्ताः

nairṛtyāṃ diśi deśāḥ pahlavakāmbojasindhusauvīrāḥ | vaḍavāmukhāravāmbaṣṭhakapilanārīmukhānartāḥ

In the south-western quarter the countries are: the Pahlavas, Kāmbojas, Sindhus, Sauvīras; Vaḍavāmukha ⟨mare-faced⟩, Arava, Ambaṣṭha, Kapila, Nārīmukha ⟨woman-faced⟩, Ānarta;

फेणगिरियवनमार्गर कर्णप्रावेयपारशवशूद्राः । बर्बरकिरातखण्डक्रव्याद आभीरचञ्चूकाः

pheṇagiriyavanamārgara karṇaprāveyapāraśavaśūdrāḥ | barbarakirātakhaṇḍakravyāda ābhīracañcūkāḥ

Pheṇagiri, the Yavanas, Mārgara, Karṇaprāveya, the Pāraśavas and the Śūdras; the Barbaras, Kirātas, Khaṇḍas, Kravyādas ⟨eaters of raw flesh⟩, Ābhīras and Cañcūkas;

हेमगिरिसिन्धुकालकरैवतकसुराष्ट्रबादरद्रविडाः । स्वात्याद्ये भत्रितये ज्ञेयश्च महार्णवोऽत्रैव

hemagirisindhukālakaraivatakasurāṣṭrabādaradraviḍāḥ | svātyādye bhatritaye jñeyaśca mahārṇavo'traiva

Hemagiri, Sindhu, Kālaka, Raivataka, Surāṣṭra, Bādara, the Draviḍas — ⟨these lie⟩ in the triad of nakṣatras beginning with Svātī; and the great ocean is to be known as ⟨lying⟩ here also.

अपरस्यां मणिमान् मेघवान् वनौघः क्षुरार्पणोऽस्तगिरिः । अपरान्तकशान्तिकहैहयप्रशस्ताद्रिवोक्काणाः

aparasyāṃ maṇimān meghavān vanaughaḥ kṣurārpaṇo'stagiriḥ | aparāntakaśāntikahaihayapraśastādrivokkāṇāḥ

In the west: Maṇimān, Meghavān, Vanaugha, Kṣurārpaṇa, Astagiri ⟨the mountain of setting⟩; Aparāntaka, Śāntika, Haihaya, Praśastādri, Vokkāṇa;

पञ्चनदरमठपारततारक्षितिजृङ्गवैश्यकनकशकाः । निर्मर्यादा म्लेच्छा ये पश्चिमदिक्स्थितास्ते च

pañcanadaramaṭhapāratatārakṣitijṛṅgavaiśyakanakaśakāḥ | nirmaryādā mlecchā ye paścimadiksthitāste ca

Pañcanada, Ramaṭha, Pārata, Tārakṣiti, Jṛṅga, Vaiśya, Kanaka, Śaka; and those Mlecchas without bounds ⟨of conduct⟩ who are stationed in the western quarter.

दिशि पश्चिमोत्तरस्यां माण्डव्यतुषार तालहलमद्राः । अश्मककुलूतहलडाः स्त्रीराज्यनृसिंहवनखस्थाः

diśi paścimottarasyāṃ māṇḍavyatuṣāra tālahalamadrāḥ | aśmakakulūtahalaḍāḥ strīrājyanṛsiṃhavanakhasthāḥ

In the north-western quarter: Māṇḍavya, Tuṣāra, Tālahala, Madra; Aśmaka, Kulūta, Halaḍa, Strīrājya ⟨the kingdom of women⟩, Nṛsiṃhavana, Khastha;

वेणुमती फल्गुलुका गुलुहा मरुकुच्चचर्मरङ्गाख्याः । एकविलोचनशूलिकदीर्घग्रीवास्यकेशाश्च

veṇumatī phalgulukā guluhā marukuccacarmaraṅgākhyāḥ | ekavilocanaśūlikadīrghagrīvāsyakeśāśca

Veṇumatī, Phalgulukā, Guluhā, and those named Marukucca and Carmaraṅga; the Ekavilocanas ⟨one-eyed⟩, the Śūlikas, and those of long neck, long face and long hair.

उत्तरतः कैलासो हिमवान् वसुमान् गिरिर्धनुष्मांश्च । क्रौञ्चो मेरुः कुरवस्तथोत्तराः क्षुद्रमीनाश्च

uttarataḥ kailāso himavān vasumān girirdhanuṣmāṃśca | krauñco meruḥ kuravastathottarāḥ kṣudramīnāśca

To the north: Kailāsa, Himavat, the Vasumat mountain and Dhanuṣmat; Krauñca, Meru, the Kurus and likewise the northern ⟨Kurus⟩, and the Kṣudramīnas ⟨people of the small fish⟩;

कैकयवसातियामुनभोगप्रस्थार्जुनायनाग्नीध्राः । आदर्शान्तर्द्वीपित्रिगर्ततुरगाननाः श्वमुखाः

kaikayavasātiyāmunabhogaprasthārjunāyanāgnīdhrāḥ | ādarśāntardvīpitrigartaturagānanāḥ śvamukhāḥ

Kaikaya, Vasāti, Yāmuna, Bhogaprastha, Ārjunāyana, Agnīdhra; Ādarśa, Antardvīpin ⟨the inner-island dwellers⟩, Trigarta, the Turagānanas ⟨horse-faced⟩, the Śvamukhas ⟨dog-faced⟩;

केशधरचिपिटनासिकदासेरकवाटधानशरधानाः । तक्षशिलपुष्कलावतकैलावतकण्ठधानाश्च

keśadharacipiṭanāsikadāserakavāṭadhānaśaradhānāḥ | takṣaśilapuṣkalāvatakailāvatakaṇṭhadhānāśca

Keśadhara ⟨the long-haired⟩, Cipiṭanāsika ⟨flat-nosed⟩, Dāseraka, Vāṭadhāna, Śaradhāna; Takṣaśila, Puṣkalāvata, Kailāvata, Kaṇṭhadhāna;

अम्बरमद्रकमालवपौरवकच्छारदण्डपिङ्गलकाः । माणहलहूणकोहलशीतकमाण्डव्यभूतपुराः

ambaramadrakamālavapauravakacchāradaṇḍapiṅgalakāḥ | māṇahalahūṇakohalaśītakamāṇḍavyabhūtapurāḥ

Ambara, Madraka, Mālava, Paurava, Kacchāra, Daṇḍa, Piṅgalaka; Māṇahala, Hūṇa, Kohala, Śītaka, Māṇḍavya, Bhūtapura;

गान्धारयशोवतिहेमतालराजन्यखचरगव्याश्च । यौधेयदासमेयाः श्यामाकाः क्षेमधूर्ताश्च

gāndhārayaśovatihematālarājanyakhacaragavyāśca | yaudheyadāsameyāḥ śyāmākāḥ kṣemadhūrtāśca

Gāndhāra, Yaśovati, Hematāla, Rājanya, Khacara and Gavya; the Yaudheyas, the Dāsameyas, the Śyāmākas and the Kṣemadhūrtas.

ऐशान्यां मेरुकनष्टराज्यपशुपालकीरकाश्मीराः । अभिसारदरदतङ्गणकुलूतसैरिन्ध्र वनराष्ट्राः

aiśānyāṃ merukanaṣṭarājyapaśupālakīrakāśmīrāḥ | abhisāradaradataṅgaṇakulūtasairindhra vanarāṣṭrāḥ

In the north-eastern quarter: Meruka, Naṣṭarājya, Paśupāla, Kīra, Kāśmīra; Abhisāra, Darada, Taṅgaṇa, Kulūta, Sairindhra, Vanarāṣṭra;

ब्रह्मपुरदार्वडामरवनराज्यकिरातचीनकौणिन्दाः । भल्लाः पटोलजटासुरकुनटखस घोषकुचिकाख्याः

brahmapuradārvaḍāmaravanarājyakirātacīnakauṇindāḥ | bhallāḥ paṭolajaṭāsurakunaṭakhasa ghoṣakucikākhyāḥ

Brahmapura, Dārva, Ḍāmara, Vanarājya, Kirāta, Cīna, Kauṇinda; the Bhallas, and those named Paṭola, Jaṭāsura, Kunaṭa, Khasa, Ghoṣa and Kucika.

एकचरणानुविद्धाः सुवर्णभूर्वसुधनं दिविष्ठाश्च । पौरवचीरनिवासित्रिनेत्रमुञ्जाद्रिगान्धर्वाः

ekacaraṇānuviddhāḥ suvarṇabhūrvasudhanaṃ diviṣṭhāśca | pauravacīranivāsitrinetramuñjādrigāndharvāḥ

⟨In the north-east also:⟩ the Ekacaraṇas, the Anuviddhas, Suvarṇabhū, Vasudhana and the Diviṣṭhas; the Pauravas, the Cīranivāsins, the Trinetras, Muñjādri and the Gāndharvas.

वर्गैराग्नेयाद्यैः क्रूरग्रहपीडितैः क्रमेण नृपाः । पाञ्चालो मागधिकः कालिङ्गश्च क्षयं यान्ति

vargairāgneyādyaiḥ krūragrahapīḍitaiḥ krameṇa nṛpāḥ | pāñcālo māgadhikaḥ kāliṅgaśca kṣayaṃ yānti

When the groups ⟨of three nakṣatras⟩ beginning with the āgneya one are afflicted by malefic grahas (planets), the kings go to destruction in order: the Pāñcāla, the Māgadhika, and the Kāliṅga —

आवन्तोऽथानर्तो मृत्युं चायाति सिन्धुसौवीरः । राजा च हारहौरो मद्रेशोऽन्यश्च कौणिन्दः

āvanto'thānarto mṛtyuṃ cāyāti sindhusauvīraḥ | rājā ca hārahauro madreśo'nyaśca kauṇindaḥ

the Āvanta, then the Ānarta ⟨likewise⟩; and the Sindhu-Sauvīra comes to death, and the Hārahaura king, the lord of Madra, and another, the Kauṇinda.

आग्नेये सितकुसुमाहिताग्निमन्त्रज्ञसूत्रभाष्यज्ञाः । आकरिकनापितद्विजघटकारपुरोहिताब्दज्ञाः

āgneye sitakusumāhitāgnimantrajñasūtrabhāṣyajñāḥ | ākarikanāpitadvijaghaṭakārapurohitābdajñāḥ

In Āgneya ⟨Kṛttikā, whose deity is Agni⟩: white flowers; those who maintain the sacred fires; knowers of mantras; those versed in sūtra and bhāṣya ⟨aphorism and commentary⟩; miners, barbers, twice-born men, potters, purohitas ⟨household priests⟩, and those who know the year ⟨reckoners of the almanac⟩.

रोहिण्यां सुव्रतपण्यभूपधनियोगयुक्तशाकटिकाः । गोवृषजलचरकर्षकशिलोच्चयैश्वर्यसम्पन्नाः

rohiṇyāṃ suvratapaṇyabhūpadhaniyogayuktaśākaṭikāḥ | govṛṣajalacarakarṣakaśiloccayaiśvaryasampannāḥ

In Rohiṇī: men of good vows, merchandise, kings, the wealthy, those joined to the practice of yoga, cart-drivers; cows and bulls, water-creatures, ploughmen, mountains, and men endowed with lordship.

मृगशिरसि सुरभिवस्त्राब्जकुसुमफलरत्नवनचरविहङ्गाः । मृगसोमपीथिगान्धर्वकामुका लेखहाराश्च

mṛgaśirasi surabhivastrābjakusumaphalaratnavanacaravihaṅgāḥ | mṛgasomapīthigāndharvakāmukā lekhahārāśca

In Mṛgaśiras: perfumes, garments, lotuses, flowers, fruits, gems, forest-rangers and birds; deer, drinkers of soma, gāndharvas ⟨singers⟩, the lustful, and carriers of letters.

रौद्रे वधबन्धानृतपरदारस्तेयशाठ्यभेदरताः । तुषधान्यतीक्ष्णमन्त्राभिचारवेतालकर्मज्ञाः

raudre vadhabandhānṛtaparadārasteyaśāṭhyabhedaratāḥ | tuṣadhānyatīkṣṇamantrābhicāravetālakarmajñāḥ

In Raudra ⟨Ārdrā, whose deity is Rudra⟩: those given to violence and bondage, to falsehood, to others' wives, to theft, to deceit and to the sowing of dissension; husked grain, pungent things, and those who know spells, black magic and the raising of vetālas.

आदित्ये सत्यौदार्यशौचकुलरूपधीयशोऽर्थयुताः । उत्तमधान्यं वणिजः सेवाभिरताः सशिल्पिजनाः

āditye satyaudāryaśaucakularūpadhīyaśo'rthayutāḥ | uttamadhānyaṃ vaṇijaḥ sevābhiratāḥ saśilpijanāḥ

In Āditya ⟨Punarvasu, whose deity is Aditi⟩: men endowed with truth, generosity, purity, good family, beauty, intelligence, fame and wealth; the finest grain, merchants, those devoted to service, and artisans along with them.

पुष्ये यवगोधूमाः शालीक्षुवनानि मन्त्रिणो भूपाः । सलिलोपजीविनः साधवश्च यज्ञेष्टिसक्ताश्च

puṣye yavagodhūmāḥ śālīkṣuvanāni mantriṇo bhūpāḥ | salilopajīvinaḥ sādhavaśca yajñeṣṭisaktāśca

In Puṣya: barley and wheat; rice, sugarcane and groves; ministers and kings; those who live by water, good men, and those attached to sacrifice and oblation.

अहिदेवे कृत्रिमकन्दमूलफलकीटपन्नगविषाणि । परधनहरणाभिरतास्तुषधान्यं सर्वभिषजश्च

ahideve kṛtrimakandamūlaphalakīṭapannagaviṣāṇi | paradhanaharaṇābhiratāstuṣadhānyaṃ sarvabhiṣajaśca

In Ahideva ⟨Āśleṣā, whose deity is the serpent⟩: artificial things, bulbs, roots and fruits, insects, snakes and poisons; those bent on carrying off the wealth of others, husked grain, and physicians of every kind.

पित्र्ये धनधान्याढ्याः कोष्ठागाराणि पर्वताश्रयिणः । पितृभक्तवणिक्शूराः क्रव्यादाः स्त्रीद्विषो मनुजाः

pitrye dhanadhānyāḍhyāḥ koṣṭhāgārāṇi parvatāśrayiṇaḥ | pitṛbhaktavaṇikśūrāḥ kravyādāḥ strīdviṣo manujāḥ

In the Pitṛ asterism ⟨Maghā⟩: men rich in wealth and grain, granaries, those who take refuge in the mountains; men devoted to the ancestors, merchants, heroes, eaters of raw flesh, and men who hate women.

प्राक्फल्गुनीषु नटयुवतिसुभगगान्धर्वशिल्पिपण्यानि । कर्पासलवणमाक्षिक तैलानि कुमारकाश्चापि

prākphalgunīṣu naṭayuvatisubhagagāndharvaśilpipaṇyāni | karpāsalavaṇamākṣika tailāni kumārakāścāpi

In Pūrvaphalgunī: actors, young women, the charming, gāndharvas ⟨singers⟩, artisans, and merchandise; cotton, salt, honey and oils, and young boys as well.

आर्यम्णे मार्दवशौचविनयपाखण्डि दानशास्त्ररताः । शोभनधान्यमहाधनकर्मानुरताः समनुजेन्द्राः

āryamṇe mārdavaśaucavinayapākhaṇḍi dānaśāstraratāḥ | śobhanadhānyamahādhanakarmānuratāḥ samanujendrāḥ

In the asterism of Aryaman ⟨Uttaraphalgunī⟩: gentleness, purity, modesty; heretics; those devoted to giving and to the śāstras; excellent grain, great wealth, men intent upon their work, and kings along with them.

हस्ते तस्करकुञ्जररथिकमहामात्रशिल्पिपण्यानि । तुषधान्यं श्रुतयुक्ता वणिजस्तेजोयुताश्चात्र

haste taskarakuñjararathikamahāmātraśilpipaṇyāni | tuṣadhānyaṃ śrutayuktā vaṇijastejoyutāścātra

In Hasta: thieves, elephants, charioteers, mahāmātras ⟨elephant-drivers⟩, artisans and merchandise; husked grain, men furnished with learning, merchants, and men possessed of vigour belong here.

त्वाष्ट्रे भूषणमणिरागलेख्यगान्धर्वगन्धयुक्तिज्ञाः । गणितपटुतन्तुवायाः शालाक्या राजधान्यानि

tvāṣṭre bhūṣaṇamaṇirāgalekhyagāndharvagandhayuktijñāḥ | gaṇitapaṭutantuvāyāḥ śālākyā rājadhānyāni

In the asterism of Tvaṣṭṛ ⟨Citrā⟩: those who know ornaments, gems, dyes, writing, music and the compounding of perfumes; men skilled in calculation, weavers, practitioners of śālākya ⟨treatment of the eye and head with the probe⟩, and royal grains.

स्वातौ खगमृगतुरगा वणिजो धान्यानि वातबहुलानि । अस्थिरसौहृदलघुसत्त्वतापसाः पण्यकुशलाश्च

svātau khagamṛgaturagā vaṇijo dhānyāni vātabahulāni | asthirasauhṛdalaghusattvatāpasāḥ paṇyakuśalāśca

In Svāti: birds, deer, horses, merchants, grains, things in which wind abounds; men unsteady in friendship, of light character, ascetics, and those skilled in trade.

इन्द्राग्निदैवते रक्तपुष्पफलशाखिनः सतिलमुद्गाः । कर्पासमाषचणकाः पुरन्दरहुताशभक्ताश्च

indrāgnidaivate raktapuṣpaphalaśākhinaḥ satilamudgāḥ | karpāsamāṣacaṇakāḥ purandarahutāśabhaktāśca

In the asterism of Indra and Agni ⟨Viśākhā⟩: trees bearing red flowers and fruits, sesame and mung beans; cotton, black gram and chickpeas, and the devotees of Purandara ⟨Indra⟩ and Hutāśa ⟨Agni⟩.

मैत्रे शौर्यसमेता गणनायकसाधुगोष्ठियानरताः । ये साधवश्च लोके सर्वं च शरत्समुत्पन्नम्

maitre śauryasametā gaṇanāyakasādhugoṣṭhiyānaratāḥ | ye sādhavaśca loke sarvaṃ ca śaratsamutpannam

In the asterism of Mitra ⟨Anurādhā⟩: men possessed of valour, leaders of corporations, those fond of the company of the good and of travel; whoever in the world are good men; and everything that is produced in autumn.

पौरन्दरेऽतिशूराः कुलवित्तयशोऽन्विताः परस्वहृतः । विजिगीषवो नरेन्द्राः सेनानां चापि नेतारः

paurandare'tiśūrāḥ kulavittayaśo'nvitāḥ parasvahṛtaḥ | vijigīṣavo narendrāḥ senānāṃ cāpi netāraḥ

In the asterism of Purandara ⟨Jyeṣṭhā, whose deity is Indra⟩: the exceedingly brave, men endowed with family, wealth and fame, seizers of others' property; those who seek to conquer, kings, and leaders of armies as well.

मूले भेषजभिषजो गणमुख्याः कुसुममूलफलवार्ताः । बीजान्यतिधनयुक्ताः फलमूलैर्ये च वर्तन्ते

mūle bheṣajabhiṣajo gaṇamukhyāḥ kusumamūlaphalavārtāḥ | bījānyatidhanayuktāḥ phalamūlairye ca vartante

In Mūla: medicines and physicians, chiefs of guilds, the trade in flowers, roots and fruits; seeds, men of exceeding wealth, and those who subsist on fruits and roots.

आप्ये मृदवो जलमार्गगामिनः सत्यशौचधनयुक्ताः । सेतुकरवारिजीवकफलकुसुमान्यम्बुजातानि

āpye mṛdavo jalamārgagāminaḥ satyaśaucadhanayuktāḥ | setukaravārijīvakaphalakusumānyambujātāni

In the Āpya asterism ⟨Pūrvāṣāḍhā, whose deities are the waters⟩: the gentle, those who go by water-routes, men endowed with truth, purity and wealth; builders of bridges and dams, those who live by water, and the fruits and flowers that grow in water.

विश्वेश्वरे महामात्रमल्लकरितुरगदेवतासक्ताः । स्थावरयोधा भोगान्विताश्च ये तेजसा युक्ताः

viśveśvare mahāmātramallakarituragadevatāsaktāḥ | sthāvarayodhā bhogānvitāśca ye tejasā yuktāḥ

In the asterism of the Viśvedevas ⟨Uttarāṣāḍhā⟩: mahāmātras ⟨elephant-drivers⟩, wrestlers, elephants, horses, those attached to the gods; warriors who fight from a fixed position, men possessed of enjoyments, and those endowed with fiery energy.

श्रवणे मायापटवो नित्योद्युक्ताश्च कर्मसु समर्थाः । उत्साहिनः सधर्मा भागवताः सत्यवचनाश्च

śravaṇe māyāpaṭavo nityodyuktāśca karmasu samarthāḥ | utsāhinaḥ sadharmā bhāgavatāḥ satyavacanāśca

In Śravaṇa: those adept in deceit, men ever diligent and competent in their undertakings; the energetic, the righteous, the devotees of Bhagavat, and speakers of truth.

वसुभे मानोन्मुक्ताः क्लीबाचलसौहृदाः स्त्रियां द्वेष्याः । दानाभिरता बहुवित्तसंयुताः शमपराश्च नराः

vasubhe mānonmuktāḥ klībācalasauhṛdāḥ striyāṃ dveṣyāḥ | dānābhiratā bahuvittasaṃyutāḥ śamaparāśca narāḥ

In the asterism of the Vasus ⟨Dhaniṣṭhā⟩: men free of pride, the unmanly, the steadfast in friendship, men hated by women; and men devoted to giving, joined to much wealth, and given over to tranquillity.

वरुणेशे पाशिकमत्स्यबन्धजलजानि जलचराजीवाः । सौकरिकरजकशौण्डिकशाकुनिकाश्चापि वर्गेऽस्मिन्

varuṇeśe pāśikamatsyabandhajalajāni jalacarājīvāḥ | saukarikarajakaśauṇḍikaśākunikāścāpi varge'smin

In the asterism whose lord is Varuṇa ⟨Śatabhiṣaj⟩: snarers, fishermen, things born in water, and those who live by aquatic creatures; boar-butchers, washermen, distillers and fowlers also fall in this class.

आजे तस्करपशुपालहिंस्रकीनाशनीचशठचेष्टाः । धर्मव्रतैर्विरहिता नियुद्धकुशलाश्च ये मनुजाः

āje taskarapaśupālahiṃsrakīnāśanīcaśaṭhaceṣṭāḥ | dharmavratairvirahitā niyuddhakuśalāśca ye manujāḥ

In the Aja asterism ⟨Pūrvabhādrapadā, whose deity is Aja Ekapād⟩: thieves, herdsmen, the violent, ploughmen, the low, men of deceitful conduct; those bereft of dharma and of vows, and men skilled in close combat.

आहिर्बुध्न्ये विप्राः क्रतुदानतपोयुता महाविभवाः । आश्रमिणः पाखण्डा नरेश्वराः सारधान्यं च

āhirbudhnye viprāḥ kratudānatapoyutā mahāvibhavāḥ | āśramiṇaḥ pākhaṇḍā nareśvarāḥ sāradhānyaṃ ca

In Ahirbudhnya ⟨Uttarabhādrapadā⟩: brāhmaṇas endowed with sacrifice, giving and austerity, men of great substance; dwellers in the āśramas, heretics, lords of men, and grain of solid pith.

पौष्णे सलिलजफलकुसुमलवणमणिशङ्खमौक्तिकाब्जानि । सुरभिकुसुमानि गन्धा वणिजो नौकर्णधाराश्च

pauṣṇe salilajaphalakusumalavaṇamaṇiśaṅkhamauktikābjāni | surabhikusumāni gandhā vaṇijo naukarṇadhārāśca

In the asterism of Pūṣan ⟨Revatī⟩: things born of water, fruits, flowers, salt, gems, conches, pearls and lotuses; fragrant flowers, perfumes, merchants, and the helmsmen of ships.

अश्विन्यामश्वहराः सेनापतिवैद्यसेवकास्तुरगाः । तुरगारोहा वणिजो रूपोपेतास्तुरगरक्षाः

aśvinyāmaśvaharāḥ senāpativaidyasevakāsturagāḥ | turagārohā vaṇijo rūpopetāsturagarakṣāḥ

In Aśvinī: horse-thieves, commanders of armies, physicians, servants, horses; horsemen, merchants, men endowed with beauty, and keepers of horses.

याम्येऽसृक्पिशितभुजः क्रूरा वधबन्धताडनासक्ताः । तुषधान्यं नीचकुलोद्भवा विहीनाश्च सत्त्वेन

yāmye'sṛkpiśitabhujaḥ krūrā vadhabandhatāḍanāsaktāḥ | tuṣadhānyaṃ nīcakulodbhavā vihīnāśca sattvena

In the Yāmya asterism ⟨Bharaṇī, whose deity is Yama⟩: eaters of blood and flesh, the cruel, those addicted to violence, bondage and beating; husked grain, men born of low family, and those devoid of courage.

पूर्वात्रयं सानलमग्रजानां राज्ञां तु पुष्येण सहोत्तराणि । सपौष्णमैत्रं पितृदैवतं च प्रजापतेर्भं च कृषीवलानाम्

pūrvātrayaṃ sānalamagrajānāṃ rājñāṃ tu puṣyeṇa sahottarāṇi | sapauṣṇamaitraṃ pitṛdaivataṃ ca prajāpaterbhaṃ ca kṛṣīvalānām

The three Pūrvās together with the Anala asterism ⟨Kṛttikā, whose deity is Agni⟩ belong to the first-born ⟨brāhmaṇas⟩; the Uttarās together with Puṣya, however, to kings; and Maitra ⟨Anurādhā⟩ with Pauṣṇa ⟨Revatī⟩, the asterism of the Pitṛs ⟨Maghā⟩, and the asterism of Prajāpati ⟨Rohiṇī⟩ to husbandmen.

आदित्यहस्ताभिजिदाश्विनानि वणिग्जनानां प्रवदन्ति तानि । मूलत्रिनेत्रानिलवारुणानि भान्युग्रजातेः प्रभविष्णुतायाः

ādityahastābhijidāśvināni vaṇigjanānāṃ pravadanti tāni | mūlatrinetrānilavāruṇāni bhānyugrajāteḥ prabhaviṣṇutāyāḥ

Āditya ⟨Punarvasu⟩, Hasta, Abhijit and Aśvinī — these they declare to belong to merchant folk; Mūla, the asterism of the Three-eyed ⟨Ārdrā⟩, of the Wind ⟨Svāti⟩ and of Varuṇa ⟨Śatabhiṣaj⟩ are the asterisms of the fierce caste ⟨ugra⟩, of domineering power.

सौम्यैन्द्रचित्रावसुदैवतानि सेवाजनस्वाम्यमुपागतानि । सार्पं विशाखा श्रवणो भरण्यश्चण्डालजातेरभिनिर्दिशन्ति

saumyaindracitrāvasudaivatāni sevājanasvāmyamupāgatāni | sārpaṃ viśākhā śravaṇo bharaṇyaścaṇḍālajāterabhinirdiśanti

Saumya ⟨Mṛgaśiras⟩, Aindra ⟨Jyeṣṭhā⟩, Citrā and the asterism of the Vasus ⟨Dhaniṣṭhā⟩ have come to lordship over the class of servants; Sārpa ⟨Āśleṣā⟩, Viśākhā, Śravaṇa and Bharaṇī they assign to the Caṇḍāla caste.

रविरविसुतभोगमागतं क्षितिसुतभेदनवक्रदूषितम् । ग्रहणगतमथोल्कया हतं नियतमुषाकरपीडितं च यत्

raviravisutabhogamāgataṃ kṣitisutabhedanavakradūṣitam | grahaṇagatamatholkayā hataṃ niyatamuṣākarapīḍitaṃ ca yat

⟨A nakṣatra⟩ that has come into the bhoga (the arc a graha occupies) of the Sun ⟨or⟩ of Saturn (the Sun's son); that is spoilt by the piercing or by the retrograde course of Mars (the earth's son); that has become involved in an eclipse, or has been struck by a meteor; and that is assuredly afflicted by the Moon (uṣākara) —

तदुपहतमिति प्रचक्षते प्रकृतिविपर्यययातमेव वा । निगदितपरिवर्गदूषणं कथितविपर्ययगं समृद्धये

tadupahatamiti pracakṣate prakṛtiviparyayayātameva vā | nigaditaparivargadūṣaṇaṃ kathitaviparyayagaṃ samṛddhaye

— that they call 'stricken' (upahata); or indeed ⟨a nakṣatra⟩ that has gone into a reversal of its natural state. ⟨It is⟩ the spoiling of the group (parivarga) declared ⟨for it⟩; ⟨one⟩ standing in the reverse of what has been stated ⟨makes⟩ for prosperity.

प्राङ् नर्मदार्धशोणोड्रवङ्गसुह्माः कलिङ्गबाह्लीकाः । शकयवनमगधशबरप्राग्ज्योतिषचीनकाम्बोजाः

prāṅ narmadārdhaśoṇoḍravaṅgasuhmāḥ kaliṅgabāhlīkāḥ | śakayavanamagadhaśabaraprāgjyotiṣacīnakāmbojāḥ

The eastern half of the Narmadā and the Śoṇa, the Oḍras, Vaṅgas, Suhmas, Kaliṅgas and Bāhlīkas; the Śakas, Yavanas, Magadhas, Śabaras, Prāgjyotiṣas, Cīnas and Kāmbojas —

मेकलकिरातविटका बहिरन्तःशैलजाः पुलिन्दाश्च । द्रविडानां प्रागर्धं दक्षिणकूलं च यमुनायाः

mekalakirātaviṭakā bahirantaḥśailajāḥ pulindāśca | draviḍānāṃ prāgardhaṃ dakṣiṇakūlaṃ ca yamunāyāḥ

the Mekalas, Kirātas and Viṭakas, those born outside and within the hills, and the Pulindas; the eastern half of the Draviḍas, and the southern bank of the Yamunā;

चम्पोदुम्बरकौशाम्बिचेदिविन्ध्याटवीकलिङ्गाश्च । पुण्ड्रा गोलाङ्गूलश्रीपर्वतवर्धमानानि

campodumbarakauśāmbicedivindhyāṭavīkaliṅgāśca | puṇḍrā golāṅgūlaśrīparvatavardhamānāni

Campā, Udumbara, Kauśāmbī, Cedi, the Vindhya forest and the Kaliṅgas; the Puṇḍras, Golāṅgūla, Śrīparvata and Vardhamāna —

इक्षुमतीत्यथ तस्करपारतकान्तारगोपबीजानाम् । तुषधान्यकटुकतरुकनकदहनविषसमरशूराणाम्

ikṣumatītyatha taskarapāratakāntāragopabījānām | tuṣadhānyakaṭukatarukanakadahanaviṣasamaraśūrāṇām

and the Ikṣumatī — so far ⟨the countries⟩. Now ⟨the Sun is lord⟩ of thieves, of the Pāratas, of forest-dwellers, cowherds and seeds; of chaff, grain, pungent things, trees, gold, fire, poison, and heroes in battle;

भेषजभिषक्चतुष्पदकृषिकरनृपहिंस्रयायिचौराणाम् । व्यालारण्ययशोयुततीक्ष्णानां भास्करः स्वामी

bheṣajabhiṣakcatuṣpadakṛṣikaranṛpahiṃsrayāyicaurāṇām | vyālāraṇyayaśoyutatīkṣṇānāṃ bhāskaraḥ svāmī

of medicines, physicians, quadrupeds, tillers, kings, the violent, wayfarers and thieves; of beasts of prey, forests, the renowned and the fierce — the Sun (bhāskara) is lord.

गिरिसलिलदुर्गकोशलभरुकच्छसमुद्ररोमकतुषाराः । वनवासितङ्गणहलस्त्रीराज्यमहार्णवद्वीपाः

girisaliladurgakośalabharukacchasamudraromakatuṣārāḥ | vanavāsitaṅgaṇahalastrīrājyamahārṇavadvīpāḥ

Mountain- and water-fastnesses, Kośala, Bharukaccha, the sea, Romaka, Tuṣāra; Vanavāsi, Taṅgaṇa, Hala, the Kingdom of Women, and the islands of the great ocean;

मधुररसकुसुमफलसलिललवणमणिशङ्खमौक्तिकाब्जानाम् । शालियवौषधिगोधूमसोमपाक्रन्दविप्राणाम्

madhurarasakusumaphalasalilalavaṇamaṇiśaṅkhamauktikābjānām | śāliyavauṣadhigodhūmasomapākrandaviprāṇām

of sweet juices, flowers, fruits, water, salt, gems, conches, pearls and lotuses; of rice, barley, herbs, wheat, of soma-drinkers, of ⟨kings who are⟩ allies in the rear (ākranda), and of brāhmaṇas;

सितसुभगतुरगरतिकरयुवतिचमूनाथभोज्यवस्त्राणाम् । शृङ्गिनिशाचरकार्षकयज्ञविदां चाधिपश्चन्द्रः

sitasubhagaturagaratikarayuvaticamūnāthabhojyavastrāṇām | śṛṅginiśācarakārṣakayajñavidāṃ cādhipaścandraḥ

of white things, the handsome, horses, whatever gives pleasure, young women, army-commanders, food and clothing; and of horned beasts, night-rovers, ploughmen and those versed in sacrifice — the Moon is lord.

शोणस्य नर्मदाया भीमरथायाश्च पश्चिमार्धस्थाः । निर्विन्ध्या वेत्रवती सिप्रा गोदावरी वेणा

śoṇasya narmadāyā bhīmarathāyāśca paścimārdhasthāḥ | nirvindhyā vetravatī siprā godāvarī veṇā

Those that lie in the western half of the Śoṇa, the Narmadā and the Bhīmarathā; the Nirvindhyā, Vetravatī, Siprā, Godāvarī and Veṇā,

मन्दाकिनी पयोष्णी महानदी सिन्धुमालतीपाराः । उत्तरपाण्ड्यमहेन्द्राद्रिविन्ध्यमलयोपगाश्चोलाः

mandākinī payoṣṇī mahānadī sindhumālatīpārāḥ | uttarapāṇḍyamahendrādrivindhyamalayopagāścolāḥ

Mandākinī, Payoṣṇī, Mahānadī, Sindhu, Mālatī and Pārā; the northern Pāṇḍyas, those lying along Mount Mahendra, the Vindhya and the Malaya, and the Colas;

द्रविडविदेहान्ध्राश्मकभासापर कौङ्कणाः समन्त्रिषिकाः । कुन्तलकेरलदण्डककान्तिपुरम्लेच्छसंकरिणः

draviḍavidehāndhrāśmakabhāsāpara kauṅkaṇāḥ samantriṣikāḥ | kuntalakeraladaṇḍakakāntipuramlecchasaṃkariṇaḥ

the Draviḍas, Videhas, Andhras, Aśmakas, Bhāsas, the Western Kauṅkaṇas together with the Mantriṣikas; the Kuntalas, Keralas, Daṇḍaka, Kāntipura, and the mlecchas of mixed descent.

नागरकृषिकरपारतहुताशनाजीविशस्त्रवार्तानाम् । आटविकदुर्गकर्वटवधिक नृशंसावलिप्तानाम्

nāgarakṛṣikarapāratahutāśanājīviśastravārtānām | āṭavikadurgakarvaṭavadhika nṛśaṃsāvaliptānām

⟨Of⟩ townsmen, tillers, Pāratas, of those who live by fire, of arms and of husbandry; of foresters, of fort- and market-town ⟨dwellers⟩, of executioners, the cruel and the arrogant;

नरपतिकुमारकुञ्जरदाम्भिकडिम्भाभिघातपशुपानाम् । रक्तफलकुसुमविद्रुमचमूपगुडमद्यतीक्ष्णानाम्

narapatikumārakuñjaradāmbhikaḍimbhābhighātapaśupānām | raktaphalakusumavidrumacamūpaguḍamadyatīkṣṇānām

of kings, princes, elephants, hypocrites, tumults, assaults and herdsmen; of red things, fruits, flowers, coral, army-leaders, jaggery, liquor and pungent things;

कोशभवनाग्निहोत्रिकधात्वाकरशाक्यभिक्षुचौराणाम् । शठदीर्घवैरबह्वाशिनां च वसुधासुतोऽधिपतिः

kośabhavanāgnihotrikadhātvākaraśākyabhikṣucaurāṇām | śaṭhadīrghavairabahvāśināṃ ca vasudhāsuto'dhipatiḥ

of treasuries, buildings, agnihotra-priests, mines of metals, Śākya monks, mendicants and thieves; and of the crooked, of long-standing enmity, and of gluttons — the Son of the Earth (Mars) is lord.

लोहित्यः सिन्धुनदः सरयूर्गाम्भीरिका रथाख्या च । गङ्गाकौशिक्याद्याः सरितो वैदेहकाम्बोजाः

lohityaḥ sindhunadaḥ sarayūrgāmbhīrikā rathākhyā ca | gaṅgākauśikyādyāḥ sarito vaidehakāmbojāḥ

The Lohitya, the river Sindhu, the Sarayū, the Gāmbhīrikā and that named Rathā; the Gaṅgā, the Kauśikī and the rest of the rivers; the Vaidehas and Kāmbojas;

मथुरायाः पूर्वार्धं हिमवद्गोमन्तचित्रकूटस्थाः । सौराष्ट्रसेतुजलमार्गपण्यबिलपर्वताश्रयिणः

mathurāyāḥ pūrvārdhaṃ himavadgomantacitrakūṭasthāḥ | saurāṣṭrasetujalamārgapaṇyabilaparvatāśrayiṇaḥ

the eastern half of Mathurā; those dwelling on the Himavat, on Gomanta and on Citrakūṭa; Saurāṣṭra, and those who live by causeways, waterways, merchandise, caverns and mountains;

उदपानयन्त्रगान्धर्वलेख्यमणिरागगन्धयुक्तिविदः । आलेख्यशब्दगणितप्रसाधकायुष्यशिल्पज्ञाः

udapānayantragāndharvalekhyamaṇirāgagandhayuktividaḥ | ālekhyaśabdagaṇitaprasādhakāyuṣyaśilpajñāḥ

those who know wells, machines, music (gāndharva), writing, gems, dyeing and the compounding of perfumes; those skilled in painting, grammar, arithmetic, adornment, the science of longevity and the crafts;

चरपुरुषकुहकजीवकशिशुकविशठसूचकाभिचाररताः । दूतनपुंसकहास्यज्ञभूततन्त्रेन्द्रजालज्ञाः

carapuruṣakuhakajīvakaśiśukaviśaṭhasūcakābhicāraratāḥ | dūtanapuṃsakahāsyajñabhūtatantrendrajālajñāḥ

spies, jugglers, jīvakas, children, the very crooked, informers, those given to sorcery (abhicāra); envoys, eunuchs, those who know mirth, demonology (bhūtatantra) and conjuring;

आरक्षकनटनर्तकघृततैलस्नेहबीजतिक्तानि । व्रतचारिरसायनकुशलवेसराश्चन्द्रपुत्रस्य

ārakṣakanaṭanartakaghṛtatailasnehabījatiktāni | vratacārirasāyanakuśalavesarāścandraputrasya

guards, actors, dancers, ghee, oil, unctuous substances, seeds and bitter things; keepers of vows, those skilled in rasāyana ⟨elixirs⟩, and mules — ⟨these are⟩ the Moon's Son's (Mercury's).

सिन्धुनदपूर्वभागो मथुरापश्चार्धभरतसौवीराः । स्रुघ्नौदीच्यविपाशासरित्शतद्रू रमठशाल्वाः

sindhunadapūrvabhāgo mathurāpaścārdhabharatasauvīrāḥ | srughnaudīcyavipāśāsaritśatadrū ramaṭhaśālvāḥ

The eastern portion of the river Sindhu; the western half of Mathurā, the Bharatas and Sauvīras; Srughna, the Northerners, the rivers Vipāśā and Śatadru, the Ramaṭhas and Śālvas;

त्रैगर्तपौरवाम्बष्ठपारता वाटधानयौधेयाः । सारस्वतार्जुनायनमत्स्यार्धग्रामराष्ट्राणि

traigartapauravāmbaṣṭhapāratā vāṭadhānayaudheyāḥ | sārasvatārjunāyanamatsyārdhagrāmarāṣṭrāṇi

the Traigartas, Pauravas, Ambaṣṭhas, Pāratas, Vāṭadhānas and Yaudheyas; the Sārasvatas, Ārjunāyanas, and half the Matsya ⟨country⟩ with ⟨its⟩ villages and realms;

हस्त्यश्वपुरोहितभूपमन्त्रिमाङ्गल्यपौष्टिकासक्ताः । कारुण्यसत्यशौचव्रतविद्यादानधर्मयुताः

hastyaśvapurohitabhūpamantrimāṅgalyapauṣṭikāsaktāḥ | kāruṇyasatyaśaucavratavidyādānadharmayutāḥ

those attached to elephants and horses, to family priests, kings, ministers, and to auspicious and prosperity-giving rites; those endowed with compassion, truth, purity, vows, learning, giving and dharma;

पौरमहाधनशब्दार्थवेदविदुषोऽभिचारनीतिज्ञाः । मनुजेश्वरोपकरणं छत्रध्वजचामराद्यं च

pauramahādhanaśabdārthavedaviduṣo'bhicāranītijñāḥ | manujeśvaropakaraṇaṃ chatradhvajacāmarādyaṃ ca

townsmen, the very wealthy, those learned in word, sense and the Veda, those who know sorcery and polity; and the appurtenances of the lord of men — the parasol, the banner, the chowrie and the rest;

शैलेयकुष्ठ मांसीतगररससैन्धवानि वल्लीजम् । मधुररसमधूच्छिष्टानि चोरकश्चेति जीवस्य

śaileyakuṣṭha māṃsītagararasasaindhavāni vallījam | madhurarasamadhūcchiṣṭāni corakaśceti jīvasya

śaileya, kuṣṭha, māṃsī, tagara, quicksilver, rock-salt, what is born of creepers, sweet juices, beeswax, and coraka — thus ⟨these are⟩ Jupiter's (jīva's).

तक्षशिलमार्तिकावत बहुगिरिगान्धारपुष्कलावतकाः । प्रस्थलमालवकैकयदाशार्णोशीनराः शिबयः

takṣaśilamārtikāvata bahugirigāndhārapuṣkalāvatakāḥ | prasthalamālavakaikayadāśārṇośīnarāḥ śibayaḥ

Takṣaśilā, Mārtikāvata, Bahugiri, Gāndhāra, the Puṣkalāvatakas; Prasthala, Mālava, Kaikaya, Dāśārṇa, Uśīnara, the Śibis;

ये च पिबन्ति वितस्तामिरावतीं चन्द्रभागसरितं च । रथरजताकरकुञ्जरतुरगमहामात्रधनयुक्ताः

ye ca pibanti vitastāmirāvatīṃ candrabhāgasaritaṃ ca | ratharajatākarakuñjaraturagamahāmātradhanayuktāḥ

and those who drink the Vitastā, the Irāvatī and the river Candrabhāgā; those furnished with chariots, silver, mines, elephants, horses, high officers and wealth;

सुरभिकुसुमानुलेपनमणिवज्रविभूषणाम्बुरुहशय्याः । वरतरुणयुवतिकामोपकरणमृष्टान्नमधुरभुजः

surabhikusumānulepanamaṇivajravibhūṣaṇāmburuhaśayyāḥ | varataruṇayuvatikāmopakaraṇamṛṣṭānnamadhurabhujaḥ

⟨those who have⟩ fragrant flowers, unguents, gems, diamonds, ornaments, lotuses and couches; who enjoy choice youths and young women, the instruments of love, dainty food and sweets;

उद्यानसलिलकामुकयशःसुखौदार्यरूपसम्पन्नाः । विद्वदमात्यवणिग्जनघटकृच्चित्राण्डजास्त्रिफलाः

udyānasalilakāmukayaśaḥsukhaudāryarūpasampannāḥ | vidvadamātyavaṇigjanaghaṭakṛccitrāṇḍajāstriphalāḥ

those endowed with gardens, water, desire, fame, happiness, generosity and beauty; learned ministers, merchant folk, potters, variegated things, egg-born ⟨creatures⟩ and the three myrobalans;

कौशेयपट्टकम्बलपत्रौर्णिकरोध्रपत्रचोचानि । जातीफलागुरुवचापिप्पल्यश्चन्दनं च भृगोः

kauśeyapaṭṭakambalapatraurṇikarodhrapatracocāni | jātīphalāguruvacāpippalyaścandanaṃ ca bhṛgoḥ

silk, paṭṭa-cloth, blankets, leaf-wool and woollen stuffs, lodhra, ⟨fragrant⟩ leaves and cinnamon-bark; nutmeg, aloe-wood, sweet-flag, long pepper, and sandal — ⟨these are⟩ Bhṛgu's (Venus's).

आनर्तार्बुदपुष्करसौराष्ट्राभीरशूद्ररैवतकाः । नष्टा यस्मिन् देशे सरस्वती पश्चिमो देशः

ānartārbudapuṣkarasaurāṣṭrābhīraśūdraraivatakāḥ | naṣṭā yasmin deśe sarasvatī paścimo deśaḥ

The Ānartas, Arbuda, Puṣkara, Saurāṣṭra, the Ābhīras, Śūdras and Raivatakas; the country in which the Sarasvatī is lost, and the western region;

कुरुभूमिजाः प्रभासं विदिशा वेदस्मृती महीतटजाः । खलमलिननीचतैलिकविहीनसत्त्वोपहतपुंस्त्वाः

kurubhūmijāḥ prabhāsaṃ vidiśā vedasmṛtī mahītaṭajāḥ | khalamalinanīcatailikavihīnasattvopahatapuṃstvāḥ

Those born in the Kuru land, Prabhāsa, Vidiśā, the Vedasmṛti, and those born on the banks of the Mahī; the wicked, the filthy, the base, oil-pressers, those wanting in spirit, those whose manhood has been destroyed —

बान्धन शाकुनिकाशुचिकैवर्तविरूपवृद्धसौकरिकाः । गणपूज्यस्खलितव्रतशबरपुलिन्दार्थपरिहीनाः

bāndhana śākunikāśucikaivartavirūpavṛddhasaukarikāḥ | gaṇapūjyaskhalitavrataśabarapulindārthaparihīnāḥ

Those in bondage, fowlers, the unclean, fishermen, the deformed, the aged, swine-butchers; those honoured by ⟨their⟩ troop, those fallen from their vows, Śabaras, Pulindas, and the destitute —

कटुतिक्तरसायनविधवयोषितो भुजगतस्करमहिष्यः । खरकरभचणकवातल निष्पावाश्चार्कपुत्रस्य

kaṭutiktarasāyanavidhavayoṣito bhujagataskaramahiṣyaḥ | kharakarabhacaṇakavātala niṣpāvāścārkaputrasya

Pungent and bitter ⟨substances⟩, elixirs (rasāyana), widowed women, serpents, thieves, she-buffaloes; donkeys, camels, chickpeas, wind-producing ⟨foods⟩ and niṣpāva beans — ⟨these⟩ belong to the son of the Sun ⟨Saturn⟩.

गिरिशिखरकन्दरदरीविनिविष्टा म्लेच्छजातयः शूद्राः । गोमायुभक्षशूलिकवोक्काणाश्वमुखविकलाङ्गाः

giriśikharakandaradarīviniviṣṭā mlecchajātayaḥ śūdrāḥ | gomāyubhakṣaśūlikavokkāṇāśvamukhavikalāṅgāḥ

Those settled on mountain peaks, in caverns and in clefts; the mleccha tribes; śūdras; jackal-eaters, the Śūlikas, the Vokkāṇas, the horse-faced ⟨people⟩, the maimed —

कुलपांसनहिंस्रकृतघ्नचौरनिःसत्यशौचदानाश्च । खरचरनियुद्धवित्तीव्ररोषगर्त्ताश्रया नीचाः

kulapāṃsanahiṃsrakṛtaghnacauraniḥsatyaśaucadānāśca | kharacaraniyuddhavittīvraroṣagarttāśrayā nīcāḥ

Defilers of their family, the violent, the ungrateful, thieves, those without truth, purity or liberality; those who go about on donkeys, adepts in close combat, men of fierce anger, dwellers in pits — base people —

उपहतदाम्भिकराक्षसनिद्राबहुलाश्च जन्तवः सर्वे । धर्मेण च सन्त्यक्ता माषतिलाश्चार्कशशिशत्रोः

upahatadāmbhikarākṣasanidrābahulāśca jantavaḥ sarve | dharmeṇa ca santyaktā māṣatilāścārkaśaśiśatroḥ

The afflicted, hypocrites, rākṣasas, those heavy with sleep, and all ⟨such⟩ creatures; those forsaken by dharma; black gram and sesame — ⟨these belong⟩ to the enemy of the Sun and the Moon ⟨Rāhu⟩.

गिरिदुर्गपह्लवश्वेतहूणचोलावगाणमरुचीनाः । प्रत्यन्तधनिमहेच्छव्यवसायपराक्रमोपेताः

giridurgapahlavaśvetahūṇacolāvagāṇamarucīnāḥ | pratyantadhanimahecchavyavasāyaparākramopetāḥ

Mountain fortresses; the Pahlavas, the Śvetas, the Hūṇas, the Colas, the Āvagāṇas, the Maru ⟨people⟩ and the Cīnas; dwellers on the frontiers, the wealthy, the greatly ambitious, ⟨those⟩ endowed with enterprise and valour —

परदारविवादरताः पररन्ध्रकुतूहला मदोत्सिक्ताः । मूर्खाधार्मिकविजिगीषवश्च केतोः समाख्याताः

paradāravivādaratāḥ pararandhrakutūhalā madotsiktāḥ | mūrkhādhārmikavijigīṣavaśca ketoḥ samākhyātāḥ

Those given to ⟨intrigue with⟩ others' wives and to quarrels, eager after the weak points of others, swollen with arrogance; fools, the unrighteous, and those bent on conquest — ⟨these⟩ are declared to be Ketu's.

उदयसमये यः स्निग्धांशुर्महान् प्रकृतिस्थितो यदि च न हतो निर्घातोल्कारजोग्रहमर्दनैः । स्वभवनगतः स्वोच्चप्राप्तः शुभग्रहवीक्षितः स भवति शिवस्तेषां येषां प्रभुः परिकीर्तितः

udayasamaye yaḥ snigdhāṃśurmahān prakṛtisthito yadi ca na hato nirghātolkārajograhamardanaiḥ | svabhavanagataḥ svoccaprāptaḥ śubhagrahavīkṣitaḥ sa bhavati śivasteṣāṃ yeṣāṃ prabhuḥ parikīrtitaḥ

That ⟨graha⟩ which at the time of its rising has soft, glossy rays, is large, and stands in its natural condition; which is not struck down by thunder-crashes, meteors, dust ⟨storms⟩ or the crushing of ⟨other⟩ grahas; which has gone to its own house, has attained its own exaltation, and is aspected by benefic grahas — that one is benign to those of whom it has been declared the lord.

अभिहितविपरीतलक्षणे क्षयमुपगच्छति तत्परिग्रहः । डमरभयगदातुरा जना नरपतयश्च भवन्ति दुःखिताः

abhihitaviparītalakṣaṇe kṣayamupagacchati tatparigrahaḥ | ḍamarabhayagadāturā janā narapatayaśca bhavanti duḥkhitāḥ

When the marks are the reverse of what has been stated, what it holds in charge comes to ruin: the people, stricken with riot, fear and disease, and the kings too, become miserable.

यदि न रिपुकृतं भयं नृपाणां स्वसुतकृतं नियमादमात्यजं वा । भवति जनपदस्य चाप्यवृष्ट्या गमनमपूर्वपुराद्रिनिम्नगासु

yadi na ripukṛtaṃ bhayaṃ nṛpāṇāṃ svasutakṛtaṃ niyamādamātyajaṃ vā | bhavati janapadasya cāpyavṛṣṭyā gamanamapūrvapurādrinimnagāsu

If the kings' fear is not one wrought by enemies, then of necessity it is one wrought by their own sons, or born of their ministers; and for the country ⟨-folk⟩ too there comes, through want of rain, a going away to cities, hills and rivers never resorted to before.

युद्धं यथा यदा वा भविष्यम् आदिश्यते त्रिकालज्ञैः । तद्विज्ञानं करणे मया कृतं सूर्यसिद्धान्ते

yuddhaṃ yathā yadā vā bhaviṣyam ādiśyate trikālajñaiḥ | tadvijñānaṃ karaṇe mayā kṛtaṃ sūryasiddhānte

In what manner and at what time a coming ⟨planetary⟩ war is declared by those who know the three times — the science of that has been set out by me in the karaṇa ⟨the computational manual⟩, in the Sūryasiddhānta.

वियति चरतां ग्रहाणामुपर्युपर्यात्ममार्गसंस्थानाम् । अतिदूराद्दृग्विषये समतामिव संप्रयातानाम्

viyati caratāṃ grahāṇāmuparyuparyātmamārgasaṃsthānām | atidūrāddṛgviṣaye samatāmiva saṃprayātānām

Of the grahas that move in the sky, set one above another, each abiding in its own path, ⟨yet⟩ which by reason of their exceeding remoteness seem, in the field of sight, to have come to one and the same level —

आसन्नक्रमयोगाद्भेदोल्लेखांशुमर्दनासव्यैः । युद्धं चतुष्प्रकारं पराशराद्यैर्मुनिभिरुक्तम्

āsannakramayogādbhedollekhāṃśumardanāsavyaiḥ | yuddhaṃ catuṣprakāraṃ parāśarādyairmunibhiruktam

— from their conjunction as they draw near in succession, a war of four kinds has been declared by Parāśara and the other sages: by bheda ⟨piercing⟩, ullekha ⟨grazing⟩, aṃśu-mardana ⟨the crushing of rays⟩, and apasavya ⟨passing contrariwise⟩.

भेदे वृष्टिविनाशो भेदः सुहृदां महाकुलानां च । उल्लेखे शस्त्रभयं मन्त्रिविरोधः प्रियान्नत्वम्

bhede vṛṣṭivināśo bhedaḥ suhṛdāṃ mahākulānāṃ ca | ullekhe śastrabhayaṃ mantrivirodhaḥ priyānnatvam

In bheda, the destruction of rain, and division among friends and among great families. In ullekha, fear from weapons, dissension among ministers, and the dearness of food.

अंशुविरोधे युद्धानि भूभृतां शस्त्ररुक्क्षुदवमर्दाः । युद्धे चाप्यपसव्ये भवन्ति युद्धानि भूपानाम्

aṃśuvirodhe yuddhāni bhūbhṛtāṃ śastrarukkṣudavamardāḥ | yuddhe cāpyapasavye bhavanti yuddhāni bhūpānām

In the clash of rays ⟨aṃśu-mardana⟩, wars among kings, and weapons, disease, hunger and devastation. And in the apasavya war too, there are wars among kings.

रविराक्रन्दो मध्ये पौरः पूर्वेऽपरे स्थितो यायी । पौरा बुधगुरुरविजा नित्यं शीतांशुराक्रन्दः

ravirākrando madhye pauraḥ pūrve'pare sthito yāyī | paurā budhagururavijā nityaṃ śītāṃśurākrandaḥ

The Sun is the ākranda ⟨the rear ally⟩; ⟨a graha⟩ in the middle is a paura ⟨a citizen of the beleaguered town⟩, ⟨and so is one⟩ in the east; one standing in the west is a yāyin ⟨an invader⟩. Mercury, Jupiter and the son of the Sun ⟨Saturn⟩ are always pauras; the cool-rayed one ⟨the Moon⟩ is an ākranda.

केतुकुजराहुशुक्रा यायिन एते हता घ्नन्ति । आक्रन्दयायिपौरान् जयिनो जयदाः स्ववर्गस्य

ketukujarāhuśukrā yāyina ete hatā ghnanti | ākrandayāyipaurān jayino jayadāḥ svavargasya

Ketu ⟨comets⟩, Mars, Rāhu and Venus — these are yāyins. When smitten, they smite the ākrandas, the yāyins and the pauras; when victorious they are givers of victory to their own class.

पौरे पौरेण हते पौराः पौरान् नृपान् विनिघ्नन्ति । एवं याय्याक्रन्दा नागरयायिग्रहाश्चैव

paure paureṇa hate paurāḥ paurān nṛpān vinighnanti | evaṃ yāyyākrandā nāgarayāyigrahāścaiva

When a paura ⟨graha⟩ is smitten by a paura ⟨graha⟩, the citizens destroy the citizen kings. So too the yāyins and the ākrandas, and likewise ⟨the mixed pairs of⟩ townsman- and invader-grahas.